
There is a very specific feeling that happens when you spot something at an estate sale, a thrift shop or on Facebook Marketplace. Your heart skips a little. You try to stay calm. You casually check the price. You mentally measure the wall at home. And then you either walk away proud of your restraint… […]
READ THE POST

If you’ve ever looked around your space and thought, I’ll love this more when it’s finished, this post is for you. These 10 ways to start loving your home right now are not about renovating, replacing everything, or chasing a new trend. They’re about shifting how you interact with the home you already have so […]
READ THE POST

Reflecting on 2025, I couldn’t help but get giddy with excitement about what’s coming next. Last year didn’t go exactly according to plan but I have zero regrets. What I learned is the balance of projects felt manageable, attainable, and most importantly, fun. That’s why my DIY home renovation project plans for 2026 are following […]
READ THE POST

How to design wainscoting is one of those questions that feels deceptively simple until you actually start researching it. Height, spacing, trim sizes, doors, windows, outlets. Suddenly it feels like one wrong decision could throw the entire room off. When I designed the wainscoting in my primary bathroom, I realized that most of the overwhelm […]
READ THE POST

Every time I share my home office, the same questions appear almost instantly. Where is your wallpaper from? Is it custom? Is it wildly expensive? Here’s the honest answer: landscape wallpaper murals for every budget absolutely exist and you don’t need to spend a fortune to create a magical space. Whether you’re decorating a rental, […]
READ THE POST

If you’re searching for how to update your bathroom vanity on a budget, this step-by-step DIY tutorial will show you exactly how I transformed a black bathroom vanity into a warm walnut wood finish without sanding, stripping, or replacing the vanity. This budget-friendly method uses liquid wood and gel stain to create a realistic wood […]
READ THE POST

Every New Year feels like a blank page. I love dreaming about what’s ahead: personal goals, home projects, new skills I want to learn. But just as much, I treasure the quiet ritual of looking back. Celebrating the small wins. Reflecting on what worked, what didn’t, and what surprised me along the way. This 2025 […]
READ THE POST

Some rooms are beautiful, and then there are rooms that move you. The Vintage Moody Traditional Home Office is of the latter. It’s one of the most personal spaces I’ve ever designed, and not because it’s perfect, but because it supports the work that feeds my soul. It’s where I design, think, create, and build […]
READ THE POST

Every year, I add just a little more Christmas decor to my collection, and somehow that always means decorating at least one additional room. Over time, Christmas has slowly expanded throughout my home, and sharing this year’s Christmas decor around the house feels especially exciting. Rather than having one overall Christmas theme, I like to […]
READ THE POST

The home office renovation is officially humming along, and I’m thrilled with how the transformation is taking shape. The first half of this project focused on dialing in the architectural design, installing custom trim work, and prepping the room for a full spray-painted finish. In this back half of the project we’ll start to see […]
READ THE POST

When it comes to picking a paint color for the home office, the decision carries more weight than you might think. This room isn’t just another space — it’s where ideas grow, projects come to life, and creativity needs the right environment to flourish. After weeks of designing and installing chair-rail and box trim, and […]
READ THE POST

A funny thing about my 1989 brick colonial house: it has the traditional crown molding you’d expect to see in a home like this — but only in some rooms. It’s always puzzled me, and lately, it’s started to bug me. The entire upstairs has zero crown molding, while the downstairs rooms — the cozy […]
READ THE POST

We’re a few weeks into my home office renovation, and with all of the box molding, chair rail, and crown molding installed, it’s officially time to think about color. Which means one thing: wallpaper. While I still need to wood fill and caulk all of the trim, I’m finalizing the design plan and today I’m […]
READ THE POST

After tackling three different types of wall molding projects in my home—each a little more advanced than the last— I’m excited to take on my home office. This is now my fourth time installing picture frame molding, and like all the others, I know it’s going to completely transform the space. However, I remember the […]
READ THE POST

There’s something incredibly satisfying about transforming a tired space with your own two hands—especially when the “before” includes dying pine trees and a garden bed filled with dirty rocks and weeds. Earlier this summer, I had my front yard professionally landscaped, but the back pool area? Due to budget that’s been my DIY special. I […]
READ THE POST

If you’ve been following along, you know I just wrapped up my primary bathroom renovation for the spring One Room Challenge. That project took me four months longer than expected—so I swore I wouldn’t sign up for the fall round. But old habits die hard. And here we are: I’m officially announcing that my next […]
READ THE POST

Fall is my favorite time of year to lean into moodier tones, layered textures, and cozy moments at home. Instead of going overboard with pumpkins, I love to take a thoughtful approach — small swaps and seasonal layers that create warmth without clutter. This year, I styled my spaces with moody fall home decor that […]
READ THE POST

I didn’t plan to renovate my primary bathroom in 2025, but sometimes the best projects aren’t on the list. For my second One Room Challenge, I kept coming back to this space. My bedroom had just been transformed into a warm, layered retreat, but every time I stepped into the bathroom, it felt disjointed, sterile, […]
READ THE POST

When I started renovating my kitchen, one of the biggest pain points was the dark, speckled granite countertops. They felt dated, busy, and totally out of sync with the lighter, warmer aesthetic I wanted for my home. Real marble counters have always been on my dream list—but with my square footage I was looking at […]
READ THE POST

For the past few years, I’ve been slowly tackling the exterior design of my 1990s brick colonial home here in Nashville. While I’m a DIY enthusiast at heart, I’ll be the first to admit that landscaping is not my strong suit. This summer, I decided it was time for a major refresh—and for once, I […]
READ THE POST

The past couple weeks were big for the DIY primary bathroom renovation—equal parts progress and problem-solving. Here’s where things stand, what’s finished, and what’s coming next. The Vanity: From Black to Walnut Beauty Remember when the countertop installers dripped something down the front of the black vanity drawers? Total mess. But it turned out to […]
READ THE POST

I know there’s great anticipation for the primary bathroom reveal, but I wouldn’t be a real DIYer if I wasn’t starting another project before finishing the current one, right? All jokes aside, the landscaping has been high on my to-do list for a long time now, so I’m excited to share the plans (or rough […]
READ THE POST

Styling bookshelves is one of those home design tasks that looks simple… until you’re staring at a long, empty shelf and thinking, Now what? If you’ve ever felt stumped by the blank slate of built-ins—especially those longer shelves that seem to stretch on forever—you’re not alone. But with the right strategy, any bookshelf (big or […]
READ THE POST

A much overdue update on an overdue project: the primary bathroom renovation. I’ll be the first to admit that my setback with the countertop company took the momentum out of this project, and if I’m being honest, I needed to step away from it for a little bit because it was making me quite sad. […]
READ THE POST

When I decided to makeover my primary bedroom last summer, I knew I wanted to go green—but not just any green. I was looking for that perfect moody, soft-but-rich, earthy green that felt calm and cozy without turning too cold. I swatched no less than 12 different greens and finally narrowed it down to five […]
READ THE POST

Every summer, this Healthy Black Bean Couscous Salad makes its way onto my table—especially around the Fourth of July. It’s hearty enough to eat as a main dish but shines as a flavorful summer side. It’s light, fresh, packed with protein and fiber, and it only gets better after a night in the fridge (aka […]
READ THE POST

Here’s a little-known fact about me: for the past seven years, I’ve been a landlord. So while I spend most of my time inspiring women to take on DIY projects in their own homes, I also have a unique perspective from the other side of the lease. And I’m here to tell you—yes, there are […]
READ THE POST

Summer is officially here in Nashville, and after my never ending bathroom renovation and trim work, it felt like time to turn my attention outside. Specifically, to my pool patio—aka the place I spend every free second once the weather warms up. This little corner of my backyard has been a workhorse over the years, […]
READ THE POST

Let’s talk curb appeal. Or more specifically—copper curb appeal. I recently installed these oversized copper lanterns on the exterior of my 90s brick colonial, and I cannot stop staring at them. Truly, every time I pull into the driveway, I feel like my house has leveled up in the most timeless, charming way. If you’re […]
READ THE POST

The bathroom renovation hummed along this week and and I’m getting one step closer to finishing the custom wainscoting. This week it was all about the crown molding, as well as deciding on some of the remaining box sizes. I also dabbled in a little bit of electrical, which I’m quite proud of. Lets dive […]
READ THE POST

I think there are two types of people when it comes to design: those that have a design in their head and those that need to sketch everything out in advance. I’m of the former type, not the latter. In fact the main reason I create mood boards is to showcase my vision to all […]
READ THE POST

This week was a huge turning point for the primary bathroom renovation because I finally started to see some real changes. I gave you a little sneak peek in last week’s post, but a pallet (594 lbs!) of custom trim arrived and I could not wait to get it on my walls. As eager as […]
READ THE POST

Technically, from a calendar perspective, this is the bathroom renovation halfway point. But from an actual implementation standpoint maybe not so much. However, progress is progress, so I’m happy to share what I accomplished over this past week, as well as what I learned. I taught myself a crash course in how to skim coat […]
READ THE POST

The primary bathroom renovation is officially underway! There’s a phase in every renovation where things look really ugly and you make a substantial mess of your space. You might even wonder what you were thinking in the first place. This was that moment for me, but I was truly so excited to finally get started […]
READ THE POST

It’s week two of the Spring One Room Challenge and I can say without a doubt, this is my favorite week other than the reveal week! Why? Because it’s design week! I’m so excited to share the primary bathroom design plans with you today. Someone commented last week that the primary bathroom has “great bones.” […]
READ THE POST

This week kicked off the 2025 Spring One Room Challenge and I’m so excited to be participating again! If you were here last year, you might remember I decided to renovate my kitchen for my first ever One Room Challenge. While it seemed like a lofty endeavor, especially before the holidays, I couldn’t be happier […]
READ THE POST

As the seasons change, there’s nothing quite like the fresh start that spring brings. It’s the perfect time for a spring home refresh by decluttering, deep cleaning, organizing, and updating your decor. If you’re ready to embrace a lighter, brighter space, here’s how I’m preparing my home for the season—along with some easy ways you […]
READ THE POST

This may come as no surprise to you, but I’m one of those people that finds complete joy in organizing and tidying up my spaces. I feel like when my home is clutter free, my mind is clutter free too. Can you relate? These cold winter months are my favorite time of year to declutter, […]
READ THE POST

Color drenching has been making waves in the interior design world, and for good reason. This bold, immersive technique—where walls, ceilings, trim, and even furniture are painted in the same hue—creates a cohesive, dramatic, and deeply atmospheric look. But despite its growing popularity, many people hesitate to try it, often due to common misconceptions. Let’s […]
READ THE POST

Spring cleaning is a time-honored tradition, but let’s be honest—sometimes it feels more like a chore than a fresh start. One way to make the process more enjoyable? Invest in cleaning supplies that are not only functional but also aesthetically pleasing. If your cleaning tools look good, you’ll be more likely to reach for them, […]
READ THE POST

Have you ever seen the movie The Holiday? It’s that one where Kate Winslet and Cameron Diaz switch houses over the holidays, trying to escape from the reality of their love lives falling apart. There’s this one moment in the movie where Kate Winslet enters Cameron Diaz’s bedroom for the first time, and she notices […]
READ THE POST

Who says toilets can’t be pretty? The truth is, I’ve always hated the toilets in my home. I think there’s something about knowing they were here long before me, and no matter how much I cleaned, I couldn’t shake that. However, I’m not one to go ripping toilets out just to rip toilets out. So […]
READ THE POST

This has been spinning in my head for months, but I’ve finally taken the time to put pen to paper, and think about my 2025 project list. I also went back and reviewed my 2024 project list, did an assessment of dreaming vs reality, and publicly checked myself with my 2024 project recap. There’s nothing […]
READ THE POST

Valentine’s Day is right around the corner, and if you feel like it snuck up on you, don’t worry. I’m rounding up some Valentine’s Day gift ideas for just about anyone in your life, and at all price points. Check out the below and add to cart! Valentine’s Day Gift Ideas: For Her (including some […]
READ THE POST

Ever since I finished the kitchen renovation, I’ve been loving getting back into cooking. With it being soup season, as well as the time of year some of us are trying to clean up our diets, I thought it would be the perfect time to share my clean ingredient White Velvet Soup. This five-ingredient vegan […]
READ THE POST

I’ve been dreaming of having the ability to write this post for what feels like years…so I’m SO excited to reveal my One Room Challenge Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation with you today! I shared a video walk through shortly before Christmas, but I wanted to reset the space with fresh styling before snapping more photos. […]
READ THE POST

I remember sitting down last year to plan out my 2024 project list, and thinking to myself “this is unrealistic, but I’m going to write it down anyhow.” There were some big ticket items on that list, including a few I couldn’t manage without hiring out. Then by the time summer rolled around and I […]
READ THE POST

Merry Christmas! I was a little late getting all my holiday décor out this year, or maybe it just felt that way because Thanksgiving was so late. But even so, with the kitchen renovation, it felt like I didn’t get to savor my Christmas décor as much as I got to last year, so I’m […]
READ THE POST

While there’s still a long list of things to do in the budget friendly kitchen renovation, I’m one step closer to having the core of my kitchen back. After painting the counter tops to look like faux carrara marble (still can’t get over this transformation by the way! – this is the kit I used), […]
READ THE POST

Recently I teased on socials that this kitchen is a vicious cycle of painting, sanding, cleaning and sawing. It was a joke but it’s really quite accurate! So naturally I’m back into a painting phase for week 6 of the budget friendly kitchen renovation: transforming the countertops. Yes that’s right, I’m aiming to DIY my […]
READ THE POST

The budget friendly kitchen renovation is humming right along and this week it was all about the backsplash. Well, technically last week was too (did you see the removal process?), but this week we’re making it pretty! The transformation is about to ramp up as we enter Week 5 of the One Room Challenge, but […]
READ THE POST

This is my first ever kitchen renovation and I think it’s fair to say that this week might have been the breaking point. While I had a little extra pep in my step last week from the new paint that went on the cabinet boxes, the wave of excitement came crashing down this week as […]
READ THE POST

We are two full weeks into the 2024 Fall One Room Challenge and this is the week where I finally felt I could see my vision taking shape. That’s the power of paint after all – it’s transformative! (did you see my exterior reveal? Say less.) But before we could get into the fun part, […]
READ THE POST

It’s the end of week one of the fall 2024 One Room Challenge and I feel like I’ve already lived 5 months in 5 days. All kidding aside, I knew when I picked the kitchen for my renovation project, that it would be no easy task. These first few days getting started have reminded me […]
READ THE POST

Are you ready for the grand finale of 2024? We’re going out with a bang, and we’re doing it in good company as I join the 2024 Fall One Room Challenge. If you’re not already familiar, the One Room Challenge takes place twice a year and is a way for designers to collaborate and foster […]
READ THE POST

Autumn has been my favorite season basically since I was a young adult. There’s something about the crisp morning air, the way apples taste better and the delicious smelling candles that come with the season. And as a decorator, it brings an entire treasure trove of décor along with it. One of my favorite ways […]
READ THE POST

We all have that thing that bugs us, right? For me, the original exterior trim color on my brick house was that thing, and I’ve been wanting to update it for years. When I was drafting my 2024 project list, I put an exterior makeover on that list. But if I’m being honest, it felt […]
READ THE POST

Recently I installed custom draperies in the dining room, and I have to say, the room feels all grown up now. I’ve always planned on removing the venetian blinds that came with the house, but with this room facing the road, having no privacy was not an option. I also just wasn’t in a rush. […]
READ THE POST

I am SO excited for today’s post, because today we’re talking all about the plans for the next project – and it’s a big one! If you’re subscribed to the monthly newsletter, you were the first to find out that the exterior of the house will be getting a facelift this month! While I had […]
READ THE POST

I haven’t been this excited to share photos with you in a while. Are you ready to see my moody color drenched bedroom? I’ve been itching to transform my bedroom into a moody retreat and after a rollercoaster of decision paralysis (you can read all about that here), I settled on a design that felt so […]
READ THE POST

There’s nothing better than tomato season! August means ripe tomatoes and corn on the cob, so the timing is perfect to rotate this healthy summer side salad into your weekly menu. If you’re looking for a quick, healthy and crowd-pleasing side to add to your summer menu, look no further than this healthy corn, tomato, […]
READ THE POST

Not too long ago, a type of paint called “chalk paint” was all the rage. I don’t know if it was the look of the finish that attracted people, or the ease of application, but everywhere you turned, something was being refinished with chalk paint. As with most things, what comes around goes around and […]
READ THE POST

Can you believe we’re nearing the end of July?! Me either! This year has truly flown by and I know (as always) it’s going to speed up as we get closer to the holidays. As I’ve had my head down and deep into projects, I thought it would be a great time for a 2024 […]
READ THE POST

Have you ever had your heart set on building a charcuterie board only to be overwhelmed once you arrived at the supermarket? We’ve all been there. Today I’m going to break it down into snackable pieces for you and we’ll create a charcuterie board that’s as pleasing to the eye as it is to the […]
READ THE POST

A couple months ago when I installed picture frame molding in the dining room, I had a sneaking suspicion that it was going to be addicting. I just didn’t know how addicting! All of a sudden, I wanted it in every room in the house. However, I’m a firm believer that there can be too […]
READ THE POST

Copper! It’s the metal that adds warmth, character, and a touch of timeless elegance to our homes. From gleaming pots and pans to stunning hammered sinks, copper elevates everyday objects into design statements. Recently I found a beautiful copper wine cooler at an estate sale, but it definitely needed a little TLC. Being my first […]
READ THE POST

I’ve been itching to tackle my next big project for what feels like forever. While yes we’ve made some progress with the 2024 project list (hello back entry flip and dining room molding) there are some big spaces that have been calling my name. If you follow along in my monthly newsletter, you’re up to […]
READ THE POST

Thinking about hitting a local estate sale? I absolutely recommend it! Estate sales are a fantastic way to find upscale pieces at bargain prices, and they offer a thrilling sense of adventure. Whether it’s your first time or you’re a regular on the circuit, knowing what to bring to an estate sale can make or […]
READ THE POST

Summer is right around the corner and for many of us that means vacations, busy schedules and longer days. One of my favorite grab-and-go snacks to have on hand are these no bake energy ball bites. With only 5 ingredients and no oven time, they’re a breeze to put together and make for a healthy […]
READ THE POST

Late last year I found myself going to a handful of estate sales, all in the hopes of finding some Shiny Brite vintage ornaments for my Christmas tree. While I was able to find a handful of ornaments, I also found something else: the power of estate sales. You see, estate sales can help you […]
READ THE POST

Have you ever bumped into an object and instantly craved to know its history, find similar styles, or even translate that fancy French label on the back? Well, fret no more! Google Lens is here to be your visual search companion, a digital magnifying glass that unlocks a world of information right through your phone’s […]
READ THE POST

Although we’re in the month of April, I feel like it’s Christmas because I’m THAT excited to share the reveal of the DIY picture frame molding in the dining room. This is a project that is on the 2024 project list but has also been on my mind since I moved into this house. I […]
READ THE POST

Have you ever used Rub N Buff? If you’re not familiar, it’s a metallic paint used for arts, crafts and restoration. It can be used on anything from picture frames to furniture, and can help breathe new life into an old piece or customize something that’s not quite to your liking. The Rub N Buff […]
READ THE POST

As of recently, I’ve been growing more and more obsessed with incorporating vintage finds into my designs. Not only does it add a layer of unique character, but it’s also way more sustainable than buying brand new. While looking for antique trinkets is one thing, hunting for hidden gems such as vintage furniture secondhand is […]
READ THE POST

Planning a DIY project or a remodel? When it comes to interior painting these expert painting hacks, tips & tricks will help save you time, money, paint faster & get better results. Bookmark this page and thank me later! Expert Painting Hack #1: Baseboards If your baseboards don’t have quarter round, you should have a […]
READ THE POST

Today I’m thrilled to share what is quite possibly my most favorite space in my house: my walk-in closet! Or as I like to refer to it: my dressing room. This is what Carrie Bradshaw’s dreams are made of. A closet reminiscent of Cher’s closet on Clueless (minus the computer but maybe I’ll work on […]
READ THE POST

For an interior designer, the thrill of discovering a unique antique piece adds layers of history and character to any space. But navigating the world of antiques can be overwhelming, especially for newcomers. I should know: I’ve had some fantastic wins (specifically with my dining chairs) and I’ve also walked out empty handed. Today, we’ll […]
READ THE POST

Wallpaper is a powerful design tool, capable of injecting personality and drama into any space. After wallpapering four different spaces in my house (the dining room, back entry, powder room and toilet room) I have one main takeaway to share. Meticulous wall preparation is crucial. When done correctly, it will make your installation a breeze […]
READ THE POST

When I bought this house in 2018, it came with 11 ceiling fans. ELEVEN! No offense against ceiling fans, but that really seemed like such a wasted opportunity to me. You see, I view light fixtures as artwork. They are the true jewelry of a room and in most instances, the only thing adorning your […]
READ THE POST

On a recent trip to my favorite local antique store, I found myself reflecting on the moment when I stumbled across my current kitchen chairs. It was truly love at first sight: they had vintage flair and I knew they’d strike the perfect balance with my new round fluted table. But there was one problem: […]
READ THE POST

Happy Valentine’s Day! Who doesn’t love an excuse for a sweet treat?! Whether you’re celebrating as a couple, with your best gal pals or are declaring it a party of 1, these mini molten red velvet cakes are the perfect way to be a little festive. Single servings, easy to make and beyond impressive to […]
READ THE POST

For me, the journey of transforming my house truly started with a paint brush. While I’ve been painting for decades at this point, it wasn’t until recently that I decided to paint the trim between the cozy room and back entry two different contrasting colors. With that decision, came learning how to get razor-sharp crisp […]
READ THE POST

If you were following along with my 2024 project list, you’ll remember seeing the back entry on the short list. This is a tinier space, but I definitely underestimated its significance last year when I was updating the cozy tv room. A true bridge between the dark moody den and the bright white kitchen, this […]
READ THE POST

Last year I color drenched the cozy tv room a dark moody blue grey, and it’s been one of my favorite spaces to date. I remember when I first shared the concept of color-drenched rooms with some family and friends, I made heads turn (and not in a good way!). People thought I had officially […]
READ THE POST

Lately we’ve been covering a lot of ground in our painting series, and have covered a wide range of topics. From the best painting supplies, to how to choose the right type of paint, and how to paint walls, ceilings and trim. Before we go any further, I thought we should quickly touch on the […]
READ THE POST

One of the best designs a primary bathroom can have is a separate toilet room and I’m lucky enough to have inherited one. While I immediately went to work renovating the primary bathroom within the first month of closing on the house, I’ll admit that the toilet room was an afterthought. Now with a few […]
READ THE POST

I’ll be the first one to admit it: styling the perfect bookshelf is a lot harder than it looks. Flip through any magazine or take a scroll through Instagram, and the shelfies will look almost effortlessly designed. I can promise you that is not the case whatsoever and each shelf you aspire to create was […]
READ THE POST

The first project I’m checking off the 2024 project list is the back entry! While this is a small area of the house, it’s the main entry point coming up from the garage and gets a lot of foot traffic. Sometimes it’s also the first impression of the house! While this space was not originally […]
READ THE POST

Cold nights call for warm soups, and this homemade healthy chili recipe is one of my favorite soups to make. It’s a one pot meal with clean ingredients and provides ample leftovers. Grab your favorite pot and get ready to have some cozy soup nights. Healthy Chili Recipe Ingredients: Sources: Serving Bowls Cooking Instructions Brown […]
READ THE POST

Today we’re taking a jaunt down memory lane, as I share the one of the first things I decided to do after buying this house: a primary bathroom renovation. There’s nothing quite like biting off more than you can chew, and I can say I confidently achieved that by renovating the primary bathroom with little […]
READ THE POST

It’s funny how cyclical life can be sometimes. Every year, I get so excited about the holidays for many reasons, but deep down I think I’m welcoming a break from renovating and DIY-ing. I’ve always made myself stop house projects to enjoy the holidays with family, savor the holiday décor and get out of the […]
READ THE POST

If you’re like me, Christmas decorations are magical during the weeks leading up to Christmas, but something happens shortly after December 25th. I feel like I need everything packed up in order to have a fresh start for the New Year. This year I really upgraded my Christmas décor, and that means it’s time to […]
READ THE POST

As we turn the page to 2024, I’m sharing my predictions for the top home decor trends and interior design styles we should expect to see more and more of. These themes will spill into all facets of home, from decorating inspiration to kitchen and bathroom designs. Based on what I’ve observed coming out of […]
READ THE POST

These homemade cinnamon rolls are soft, fluffy and are topped with a gooey cream cheese icing. They rival a Cinnabon and for good reason: I spent months tweaking and perfecting the recipe. Through some trial and error, I’m happy to share the final recipe with you today, as well as some tips and tricks that […]
READ THE POST

As we inch closer and closer to Christmas Day, I’m soaking up every moment of enjoying the Christmas decorations around my house. The house has seen some big updates this year, most notably the hardwood floors and staircase, so I felt it was only fitting to spring for some new Christmas décor this season. Follow […]
READ THE POST

There are two types of people in this world: those who are excited to buy gifts for others and those who don’t know where to start. I fall into the former category myself, which is why it’s so fun for me to put together holiday gift guides. Whether you need one more item to finish […]
READ THE POST

Last week, I shared I upgraded my holiday garland this year and I took you along for the ride on how I styled my staircase with the Norfolk pine real touch garland. We’re going to keep the garland theme and move onto the fireplace mantles. That’s right, fireplace mantles as in more than one! Since […]
READ THE POST

What’s better than decorating your mantel for Christmas? Decorating two mantels! Yes that’s right, I am lucky enough to have two working fireplaces in this house, which was one of things that hooked me from the beginning. Last week, I shared my symmetrical draped look in the cozy tv den. To keep things interesting, I […]
READ THE POST

Let’s be honest, choosing the perfect Christmas tree can be overwhelming and sometimes you can be paralyzed by all the decisions that go into it. I should know, I just went through it this year! But I’m here to tell you it doesn’t need to be difficult. Today I’m sharing all of the things I […]
READ THE POST

If you’ve been following along, it will come to no surprise to you that I’ve decided to reward myself with some new holiday garland this year. After enduring the messiest renovation with new hardwood floors and a new staircase to boot, I’m ready to show it all off. I decided to splurge on Afloral’s Norfolk […]
READ THE POST

Happy Thanksgiving! As I’ve gotten older, Thanksgiving has inched its way to the top of the list as my favorite holiday. I love having the opportunity to spend quality time with my family and being able genuinely enjoy the long weekend. It feels slow, intentional, and warm. This year has been difficult in many ways. […]
READ THE POST

Today I’m sharing something I wish I would have done years ago: protecting my leather sofa. My beautiful camel colored leather couch from West Elm was delivered the week I closed on my house and unfortunately there was so much chaos that I never got around to properly protecting it. Had I done so, I […]
READ THE POST

While I’m no stranger to hosting Thanksgiving, this will be my first time hosting both sides of the family which I’m very excited about. I love to cook, and especially love the excuse to make recipes I don’t get to make every day. Plus there’s just something special about those Thanksgiving staples like my mom’s […]
READ THE POST

With all the updates to the house this year, especially the floors and staircase, I decided this would be the year I would splurge on some new holiday garland. Ever since last year, I have been eyeing the Norfolk Pine garland and I finally decided to “add to cart” this holiday. I’ll admit, it was […]
READ THE POST

Alright, so I’m taking the excitement I had to share the dining room progress report with you and I’m going to multiply that by ten for the dining room reveal!!! Are you ready for it? I am. I was beyond excited about how transformative the Cole & Son’s wallpaper was for this space, and we […]
READ THE POST

The dining room flip has been one of my most exciting projects to date in this house, however I truly reached a sticking point when it came time to make decisions about the furniture. If you remember, I got a bit tripped up with the design plans for the dining room because of this black […]
READ THE POST

I am beyond excited to share a dining room progress report with you today, as it’s turning out even better than I had ever dreamed! Last week I shared how my initial vision for the dining room did not pan out as I originally planned, but I trusted the process and kept designing until I […]
READ THE POST

Today, I’ve got a fantastic project that will instantly elevate the look of your space: painting interior trim. Whether you’re a seasoned DIY pro or just starting your home improvement journey, this step-by-step interior trim painting guide will help you achieve a polished and professional finish. Let’s dive in! Why Paint Your Interior Trim? Before […]
READ THE POST

When I bought my first house in 2011, I truly wish it would have come with a checklist of things I needed to do each year, and during each season. As with most things, I learned by doing (and failing!). Sometimes this was frustrating, and other times this was expensive. In an effort to help […]
READ THE POST

Just in time for the Thanksgiving holiday, the dining room is about to have the makeover she deserves. This room has been a slow progression, and honestly I wouldn’t have it any other way. While I’ve already finalized much of the design for this space, I want to bring you behind the scenes and share […]
READ THE POST

This one’s for my DIY enthusiasts! Today, we’re diving into a topic that often gets overlooked in the world of home renovation and design: ceiling painting. Sure, we all love a beautifully painted wall, but what about the fifth wall—the ceiling? Trust me, it’s a game-changer when done right. So, grab your paintbrushes and let’s […]
READ THE POST

Tom Petty once said the waiting is the hardest part. Well Tom, you were right. If you remember, I shared I’d be doing my hardwood flooring installation in phases. Due to the kitchen leak, we knocked out the downstairs first, then scheduled the upstairs second. With how I live in the house, I really use […]
READ THE POST

Are you ready to paint?! Follow along below as I guide you through how to paint a wall like a professional. Speaking of professionals, I’ll share the cost savings you can anticipate by choosing to DIY this project. Get excited – we’re about to transform your space! Getting Set Up After you’ve decided on your […]
READ THE POST

As the temperatures in Nashville begin to cool down, and the days become shorter, I’ve gradually started adding fall décor touches from the inside out. It is truly my favorite season of the year – the color palette, the smells, the crisp air, the food, sweater weather and all around general coziness. And something I’ve […]
READ THE POST

Reveal days are my favorite days! I’m so excited about how the powder room redesign turned out and I’m even more excited to share the full room reveal with you today. How we got here If you remember, I realized the pedestal sink wasn’t properly secured to the powder room wall, and after calling my […]
READ THE POST

If you’ve been following along, you’ll recall that I opted to complete my new hardwood flooring installation in phases. In phase one I knocked out the downstairs flooring first, which is where the water leak happened (it was kinda urgent). Now that we have that out of the way, we can focus on the staircase […]
READ THE POST

A couple weeks ago I shared my vision for the Powder Room Makeover, including three moodboards – all featuring different wallpaper designs. In addition to the moodboards, I ordered samples of each which helped narrow down the decision between Moodboard #2 and Moodboard #3. In the end, I decided to move forward with Woodchip & […]
READ THE POST

Paint is one of the most instantaneous and easiest ways to transform a space, but sometimes all the choices can be a bit overwhelming. Today, I’m going to break it all down for you and arm you with everything you need before heading into the paint store. We’ll go over the basics which include an […]
READ THE POST

There’s nothing quite like a gorgeous autumn flower arrangement. The colors are rich but not overpowering, and they blend into the background while still making a statement. If you’re like me, you’ve probably seen a stunning image of one of these autumn arrangements in a catalogue or on social media, and you’ve thought to yourself […]
READ THE POST

I’ve been daydreaming about a moody dramatic tv room, and it’s official – I think this iteration of the TV Room is “the one”! There are still a few tiny details I need to finish such as putting a medallion above the gold leaf chandelier, changing out the electrical sockets to be black and eventually […]
READ THE POST

Recently, I noticed that the pedestal sink in the powder room was wobbly, and after further investigation I realized it wasn’t connected to the wall! After calling the plumber we came to the unfortunate truth that the sink wasn’t connected to any studs in the wall, but was simply drilled into drywall. The plumber had […]
READ THE POST

In the five years I’ve lived in this house, I can confidently say that the new hardwood floors are the biggest transformation to date. I’m so excited to share the final reveal with you today! The first morning I padded across the new floors in my bare feet, I giggled because it was the first […]
READ THE POST

The initial refresh I did in the TV Room (aka the Cozy Room) was exactly what it needed to make the space feel updated on a limited budget. However the more time I spent in it, the more it didn’t quite feel right. My main sentiment was that it still felt too bright for a […]
READ THE POST

If you’ve been following along, you’re up to speed on how a small leak has changed my entire house (seemingly overnight). After I had a minute to process what was happening and just how much damage it caused, I decided to lean into the situation and look at it as a blessing. In truth I’ve […]
READ THE POST

Yes, I bought a house with popcorn ceilings and yes I scraped every square inch of them off, all by myself. 3,222 square feet to be exact. When I bought this house, there was no question that these ceilings were going to get fixed, but it was something I planned to hire out for. I […]
READ THE POST

When I first toured this house, I was so amazed that there were TWO living rooms! Not to mention they were both double the size of my previous and only living room. Before my offer was finalized, I was planning what existing furniture would go where and since “living room” meant two spaces in this […]
READ THE POST

read more
There is a very specific feeling that happens when you spot something at an estate sale, a thrift shop or on Facebook Marketplace. Your heart skips a little. You try to stay calm. You casually check the price. You mentally measure the wall at home. And then you either walk away proud of your restraint… or load it into your car grinning. That feeling is exactly why I keep a secondhand home wishlist.
Every January, I make two lists for my home. One is full of projects I want to tackle. The other is my secondhand home wishlist. It lives in my Notes app with measurements and specific brand names / keywords.
This list is not about buying more. It is about buying intentionally. When I am walking through an estate sale (ahem here are some tips on how to find one near you) or scrolling Facebook Marketplace late at night, it keeps me focused. It reminds me what actually fits my home and what is just a passing temptation.
If you love the thrill of the hunt and decorating slowly over time, you are going to understand this list.
Shopping secondhand sounds romantic. In reality, it requires clarity.
Without a plan, it’s easy to bring home something beautiful that does not quite work. When I outline my secondhand home wishlist at the beginning of the year, I am giving myself structure. I know my measurements. I know the scale I need. I know which rooms are ready for change and which ones are not.
It makes the process feel calm instead of chaotic, and it makes the wins that much sweeter.
Not in any particular order, here’s a look at everything I’m hunting for this year, along with photos and how I envision each piece coming to life in my home!
At the very top of my list is a specific mirror for my front entry.

The space is small and the light switch is awkwardly centered. One day I envision adding molding or wallpaper to the entry and a staircase runner to the stairs, but I’m not waiting for someday to make it better now.

Last year I found the perfect petite table for this spot. Now I want the moment above it. I’m looking for an Adams style gilt mirror with delicate brass florals branching outward. Something feminine but refined. Gilded without feeling heavy.
The plan is simple. Move the switch with a receiver kit (I already bought this one), patch the wall, and finally center a mirror that feels like it belongs there.
It’s a small change, but it would completely shift that first impression.
This one is my white whale.


I’m searching for a very specific vintage carousel by Reuge. It was technically made as a cigarette carousel, but I planning to use it to store lipsticks on my bathroom vanity.
You press a button and the doors open and flip inside out. There are tiny storage compartments and a dancing or spinning ballerina inside!

There are plenty of options on Ebay, Etsy and even on FBMP. But I’m waiting for the right one at the right price, and some very specific colors. This is the long game piece on my 2026 secondhand home wishlist.
This piece was on my 2026 secondhand home wishlist and is already home!

For the past several years, I debated whether I really needed a china cabinet. The hesitation was giving up styling space on my existing blue cabinet. But my grandmothers’ china deserved more than a waist down moment.
I had very specific criteria. No wider than sixty four inches. Breakfront style. A top drawer that folds down into a secretary desk.
I missed one earlier this year because I hesitated. It sold almost immediately. After that, I promised myself that if the right one appeared again, I would not overthink it.
When it did, I brought it home. And it completely changed the room.
Now that the cabinet is in place, I’m considering a pedestal dining table in a classic traditional silhouette.

This one is still a maybe. It remains part of my 2026 secondhand home wishlist, but only if the wood tones feel right. If I find the right table, my current one will move to the screened porch, which is a set up I’d like to create regardless.
If not, I am perfectly happy waiting.
During the holidays, I styled a rug in front of my sink in the kitchen for the first time and immediately loved the warmth it added.
Now I’m searching for vintage runners in very specific dimensions and everyday tones for both my kitchen and my bathroom. Both spaces are tricky when it comes to sizing, but I love how a worn runner softens all the hard surfaces.
This is one of those practical but impactful pieces on my list this year.
I’m envisioning something dramatic. Eight feet tall. An ornate gold frame. Leaned between the bedroom windows. Can you picture it? If not, here’s a little help…

It would reflect more light and instantly make the room feel grander than it already does. I actually missed out on this at an estate sale recently, and while it’s always frustrating when that happens, I know the right piece is out there waiting for me.

I currently use battery operated picture lights and love the effect they create.
Now that I know they work in my home, I am ready to invest in hardwired brass versions. One will go in the entry leading to the bedroom. Another will highlight equestrian artwork in the television room.

Secondhand does not always mean antique. Sometimes it means finding discounted designer pieces that elevate a space in a lasting way. My kitchen pendant that I found on FBMP is the perfect example of this! It’s a Visual Comfort light that was new in the box and 60% off retail.
Custom draperies rarely show up secondhand because they are tailored to specific windows. Still, I look.
Specifically two rooms that I look for are the bedroom (I would love floral designer drapes) and the living room. I lost out on a pair of Schumacher draperies last year that I still think about constantly.
This one is more of a background search, but it is still part of my 2026 secondhand home wishlist.
Every time I see a set of staffordshire dogs in someone’s home I get jealous. They’re a little quirky but there’s something about them I just love. I could see a pair fitting in perfectly on the living room mantel or bookcase.
I check estate sales and Facebook Marketplace regularly, and am trying to keep this find to under $100.

I don’t know the exact style yet. Wood. Brass. Something unexpected.
But I know that when I see it, I will know. That instinct has rarely steered me wrong. I think a vintage clock would be so charming in the living room or cozy tv room.
With the new china cabinet in place, I would love a full turkey china set for Thanksgiving.

I’ve seen several sets at estate sales, usually priced slightly higher than I want to spend. This year I’m expanding my search to more local thrift stores and smaller estate sales. Sometimes the best pieces are sitting quietly where fewer people are looking.
The fun part about my 2026 secondhand home wishlist, is it will evolve as the year goes on.
Some pieces will take months to find. Some may appear unexpectedly. Others may shift entirely as rooms change and develop.
That’s the beauty of decorating secondhand! It is slower. It asks you to pay attention. And it creates a home that feels deeply personal.
Stay tuned on socials as I’ll be sharing the finds, the near misses, and everything I learn along the way!
How To Find Estate Sales Near You

read more
If you’ve ever looked around your space and thought, I’ll love this more when it’s finished, this post is for you. These 10 ways to start loving your home right now are not about renovating, replacing everything, or chasing a new trend. They’re about shifting how you interact with the home you already have so it starts giving back to you immediately.
For years, I believed I would feel more connected to my home after the next project was complete. After the paint dried. After the furniture upgrade. After everything finally felt cohesive. But what I learned the hard way is this: if you keep postponing enjoyment, you miss living in your home while it is becoming.
Loving your home is not a finish line. It is a relationship. And like any relationship, it grows through small daily actions, not dramatic overhauls.
So today I want to walk you through simple, meaningful shifts that can help you start loving your home right now. These are realistic. Affordable. Immediate. And most importantly, they work.

If you have a candle that feels too special to burn, this is your sign to light it tonight.
There is something powerful about scent. It instantly changes the emotional tone of a room. It signals that this moment matters. For a long time, I saved my favorite candles for gatherings or holidays. Now I light them on ordinary afternoons while answering emails or cooking dinner.
Your home does not need a special occasion. It is the occasion.
When you want to start loving your home right now, resist the urge to redo an entire room. Instead, focus on one surface.
A bookshelf. A console. A coffee table.


Pull books from another space. Add something organic like branches or fresh flowers. Layer art behind objects instead of lining everything up evenly. Play with height and texture.
One thoughtfully styled surface can shift the feeling of an entire room.
You know the pieces I mean. The beautiful glasses. The vintage plates. The linen napkins that feel reserved for guests.
Use them anyway.
When you begin interacting with your home differently, your relationship to it changes. Setting the table with intention, even for a simple dinner, elevates the experience of being at home.
It reminds you that beauty is not meant to be stored away.

Sometimes loving your home right now means addressing a tiny irritation you’ve been ignoring.
Is a chair blocking the flow of the room? Does that lamp feel slightly off balance? Is your art hung just a little too high?
Experiment. You are not locked into your layout. Give yourself permission to adjust and test. Often a five minute change makes a space feel more harmonious immediately.


Few things warm up a space faster than something alive.
Fresh flowers from the grocery store in a special vase. A clipping from your yard. A plant that adds softness to a corner. Even a bowl of fruit on the counter can bring life into a room.
Living elements create movement and energy. They remind you that your home is an environment, not just a backdrop.

Lighting changes everything.
If you want to start loving your home right now, begin tonight by turning off the overhead lights and switching on lamps instead. Layered lighting creates warmth and depth. It softens shadows and makes a room feel intentional rather than clinical.
This small shift can make a familiar space feel entirely different.
Design is not only visual. It’s sensory.
Play music while cooking. While getting ready in the morning. Recently I’ve loved putting on some soft instrumental music in the home office while working. Sound changes how a space feels and how you move through it.
When your home feels alive, you feel more connected to it.

If your home feels beautiful but slightly disconnected, it may be missing you.
Print a photo that has lived on your phone for years. Frame a handwritten note. Display something sentimental that tells part of your story. For me personally I’ve loved having old photos of my family displayed in glass display boxes.
Trends come and go. Personal history adds depth and meaning.

Not a major renovation. Just something small.
Hang the art that has been leaning against the wall. Install the cabinet hardware you already bought. Touch up a paint scuff you keep noticing or finally paint your outlet covers to match the wall color (ps – I love these ones!).
Completing something builds momentum and helps declutter your mind. When you actively shape your home, you naturally feel more invested in it.

Stop adjusting the pillows. Stop scanning the room for flaws. Stop mentally drafting the next improvement.
Sit down. Look around. Notice what is already working.
Loving your home right now begins with gratitude. It begins with recognizing that your home holds your life as it is today. It does not have to be finished to be meaningful.
If you’ve been waiting for the perfect moment to feel content in your space, consider this your permission to start. Right now.

If you’re in a season where you feel disconnected from your home, come back to this list anytime. Pick one tip, try it tonight, and let that be enough.
How to Style the Perfect Bookshelf
The Surprising Magic of Color Drenching
My Moody Color Drenched Bedroom

read more
Reflecting on 2025, I couldn’t help but get giddy with excitement about what’s coming next. Last year didn’t go exactly according to plan but I have zero regrets. What I learned is the balance of projects felt manageable, attainable, and most importantly, fun. That’s why my DIY home renovation project plans for 2026 are following a similar rhythm… with one major shift.
Instead of only asking what rooms do I want to renovate, I’m asking something deeper: What skills do I want to learn in 2026?
When I look at my DIY home renovation project plans for 2026, two skills stand out above everything else:
I have zero experience with either which is exactly why they’re at the top of the list. The goal this year isn’t perfection. It’s momentum. Starting small before going big, learning through doing, and letting each project build confidence for the next.
A project I’d love to knockout sooner rather than later is the pantry: a small space that’s been quietly driving me insane.
Right now, it’s functional but chaotic. It’s like no matter how organized it starts, it eventually evolves into constant clutter. And the wasted storage space at the top and bottom are borderline heartbreaking.

Pantry Plan Overview:
This project could potentially knock out two new skills at once:
I envision adding some paneling (like this) on the side walls and behind the upper shelves, repurposing my existing shelves but adding corbels for a vintage touch, and painting everything in a full gloss for an extra wow factor.
It’s all living in my head right now, but as we get closer I’ll build a mood board so you can see what we’re in store for!
The living room is where I get to play.
It’s already decorated which means the transformation will come purely from trim, paint, and architectural details. I think this will be a really impactful before and after which will show you how much trim and paint can change a space.

Living Room Project Goals:
This will (hopefully) be my Spring One Room Challenge project, and I’m determined to finish on time. Fourth time’s the charm… right?

Instead of a massive renovation, summer will be about something different this year: Finishing the last 5%.
Every room has a detail left undone, whether it’s touch-ups, missing trim (so many spots without crown molding), and so many other tiny pesky things. We might try to make this fun and turn it into a series, or put an educational spin on it. DIY summer school anyone?

Expect to see debuts in the cozy tv room, kitchen, primary bathroom, bedroom, back entry, powder room and probably somewhere else I’m forgetting.
Fall is where things get flexible. Depending on how confident I feel with tile and cabinets after the pantry, one of these spaces may take center stage for the grand finale of the year:
I’ve been teasing the laundry room for years now. It’s not that I’m procrastinating it, but I know it’s going to be the biggest project I’ve ever done (yet).

The room is essentially a command center for the home. It’s where laundry gets done yes, but it’s where cleaning supplies, tools, wrapping paper, beach towels, packages and so many other random things live. This space needs to be ultra custom so I’ll need to make sure my skills are ready to handle it. Here’s what I’m thinking:
And if I don’t get to a full scale laundry renovation this year I’d at least like to paint it at minimum. Every time I open the door I hear a record screech.
One of my favorite things about renovating the home office last year was having the mess contained on another floor. This was key especially right before the holidays, and I remember patting myself on the back for the timing. The upstairs middle bath will keep all the plumbing fixtures in the same spots so essentially it could be “easy” right? Here’s what I’d do:


Do I think this is the year for the dressing room? Probably not. Can a girl dream? YES. I keep going back and forth on exactly what I want to do here but at the minimum I know:
Or I’ll get a wild hair and build a completely custom new space. I have some seriously wild concepts that race through my mind on repeat. Some of them require some engineering, so stay tuned on this room. But wow will it be good when I get my hands on it!
This year isn’t about checking boxes, it’s about becoming more capable.
My DIY home renovation project plans for 2026 are rooted in learning, experimenting, and letting curiosity lead the way. Some projects will go exactly as planned. Others will surprise me entirely.
And honestly? That’s the fun part. Which is why this year we’re going to keep things loose, and follow the design ideas that bring excitement.
If you love following along with real-time renovations, skill-building, and the occasional design pivot stick around. You never know what space I’ll decide to tackle next!

read more
Every time I share my home office, the same questions appear almost instantly. Where is your wallpaper from? Is it custom? Is it wildly expensive? Here’s the honest answer: landscape wallpaper murals for every budget absolutely exist and you don’t need to spend a fortune to create a magical space.
Whether you’re decorating a rental, refreshing a single wall, or investing in a forever home, I’ve rounded up scenic landscape wallpaper murals ideas that span multiple price points and installation styles. Actual pricing will depend on the size of your space, but if you’re considering adding a wallpaper mural to your home, this will help get you started.
One of the most accessible entries into landscape wallpaper murals for every budget. Peel-and-stick, renter-friendly, and soft in tone, this toile-inspired mural brings instant charm with minimal commitment.
Best for: Rentals, bedrooms, guest rooms, or first-time wallpaper users.
Quiet, classic, and grounding. This mural looks almost like a custom painting! The scene feels calm and timeless, making it an easy choice if you want a scenic backdrop that won’t compete with furniture or art.
Best for: Traditional homes, transitional spaces, or peaceful offices.
This mural adds a bit more narrative with birds, trees, and gentle movement that gives the room warmth and dimension. It feels cozy and welcoming without leaning overly traditional. I personally love the vintage look it has to it.
Best for: Bedrooms, powder rooms, or spaces you’re looking to add a vintage flair to
This mural feels immersive in the best way: like stepping onto a shaded woodland path and looking up through a canopy of trees. The perspective creates depth and atmosphere, making smaller rooms feel larger and more layered. It’s scenic without being overly busy, striking a beautiful balance between drama and calm.
Best for: Home offices, bedrooms, or any space that wants a grounding, nature-forward moment without going dark or heavy.
I ordered a sample of this one and it’s truly beautiful. The texture is painterly and tactile, giving it an artisan quality that feels far more expensive than it is. Ultimately, it had a few too many pastels for my personal palette, but it’s a wonderful option if you love softer, romantic color stories.
Best for: Home offices, dining rooms, living rooms
Moody, tonal, and incredibly grounding, this mural leans into sepia hues and forest imagery that feels cinematic without being overpowering. It’s elevated, atmospheric, and perfect for those drawn to darker, more contemplative spaces.
Best for: Libraries, moody bedrooms, or offices that need depth and drama.
This mural captures the elegance of antique engravings with a restrained, architectural feel. The pastoral imagery feels timeless, especially in the black-and-white version, making it ideal for anyone craving old-world charm without visual overload.
I placed this wallpaper right in the middle as the pricing could go either way. There’s a traditional option that’s more price friendly, but there’s also a grass-cloth finish that’s very high end.
Best for: Home offices, dining rooms, or classic-meets-modern interiors.
This mural is stunning. Reproduced from a 19th-century landscape painting, it feels romantic, atmospheric, and deeply artistic. The scale is dramatic, the tones are rich, and the result feels closer to a gallery wall than traditional wallpaper.
This is an excellent option if you want something museum-inspired without entering the fully custom realm.
Best for: Dining rooms, statement walls, and art-forward interiors.
This is the wallpaper everyone asks me about and the one I ultimately chose for my home office.
The tapestry-style landscape wallpaper mural from Belarte Studio feels like a textile and a painting combined. The depth, warmth, and texture make it read as art rather than decor, and it instantly anchors the room with a sense of history.
It’s an investment, but one that feels intentional, timeless, and deeply personal.
Best for: Statement spaces, home offices, dining rooms, and forever homes.
A beautiful space isn’t about spending the most, it’s about choosing what creates the right feeling.

From under-$300 peel-and-stick murals to elevated, art-inspired statement pieces, landscape wallpaper murals can bring depth, story, and atmosphere into your home.
If this helped you narrow your search, save this post for later. And if you know someone deep in wallpaper research right now, share it with them because beautiful spaces should feel inspiring and attainable.
Wallpaper Ideas I Considered for the Home Office
My Vintage Moody Traditional Inspired Home Office Reveal
Renter Friendly DIY Upgrades (from a landlord’s perspective)
Looking for more wallpaper ideas? Browse my top peel & stick options here!

read more
If you’re searching for how to update your bathroom vanity on a budget, this step-by-step DIY tutorial will show you exactly how I transformed a black bathroom vanity into a warm walnut wood finish without sanding, stripping, or replacing the vanity.
This budget-friendly method uses liquid wood and gel stain to create a realistic wood look, making it ideal for homeowners who want a high-end result without the cost of a full renovation.
During my bathroom renovation, a countertop installation mistake permanently damaged the finish on my black vanity. Rather than replacing it, I decided to explore how to update a bathroom vanity on a budget using a refinishing method that didn’t require sanding or harsh chemicals.
As the bathroom design evolved, a wood-tone vanity felt like a better fit than black. This approach allowed me to completely change the look of the vanity while staying within budget.

This was not my first time using this technique. I previously used the same process to update a black dining table and achieved a light pecan wood finish. While I was initially nervous, once I got started I realized what a beginner friendly DIY this application really is.
A few more reasons why this method works so well for beginners:


To complete this budget bathroom vanity update, you’ll need:
These supplies cost significantly less than replacing a vanity and deliver a long-lasting result.
Remove all the doors, drawers, hinges, and hardware. Getting everything out of the way makes application smoother and helps you avoid drips. Next you’ll want to give everything a good cleaning:
This ensures the new finish adheres properly.

All you need is a quick scuff-sand to rough up the surface. This gives the Liquid Wood something to grip onto. No chemical strippers or heavy sanding needed. Use a medium-grit sandpaper and gently rough the surface (you don’t need to remove the finish). Wipe with a clean rag, and finish with a tack cloth.
This product is the game-changer. It’s made with real wood fibers, so once it’s dry, you’re staining actual wood.




Once you have the coverage you need with the liquid wood it’s time for the stain! For my vanity I wanted something a little dark and with a warm undertone, so I chose this Varathane Gel Stain in Walnut.
How to apply:
The number of coats is a personal preference but my theory is it’s always easier to apply more, but it’s harder to go backwards once it’s on. That’s why I don’t let mine sit for very long before wiping and do multiple coats to control the color. For my vanity specifically I did two coats on the base and I needed to do 3 on the doors specifically in the crevices.


Because bathroom vanities take a beating, I sealed everything with 2 coats of Minwax Polycrylic in Satin. This finish adds durability and just the right amount of soft sheen.
You don’t have to, but I chose to give everything a light scuff in between coats with a 220-grit sandpaper. Definitely do not skip this step because it protects the finish and prevents staining or color transfer.

The finished vanity now has a warm walnut wood finish that complements the bathroom design and looks far more expensive than it actually was.
This project is proof that learning how to update your bathroom vanity on a budget can completely transform your space without replacing major fixtures.
If you’re planning a bathroom refresh and want a realistic, affordable solution, this method is one of the easiest ways to update your bathroom vanity on a budget.





read more
Every New Year feels like a blank page. I love dreaming about what’s ahead: personal goals, home projects, new skills I want to learn. But just as much, I treasure the quiet ritual of looking back. Celebrating the small wins. Reflecting on what worked, what didn’t, and what surprised me along the way. This 2025 home renovation project recap isn’t just about what I completed. It’s about what each project taught me. Skills I didn’t expect to learn and lessons I didn’t know I needed. And most importantly, the permission I gave myself to pivot when things didn’t go exactly as planned.
When I look at my original 2025 project list, no I didn’t accomplish everything I set out to do. But what I did finish mattered. And some of the most meaningful outcomes weren’t on the list at all.
Let’s get into it…
The first and biggest project of 2025 wasn’t even on the list.

I renovated my primary bathroom as part of the Spring One Room Challenge, fully believing I could tackle a massive space in eight weeks, working weekends only, while holding a full-time job. Spoiler: that was wildly optimistic.
The bathroom renovation stretched into five months, with my house partially torn apart and my patience tested daily. But I don’t regret a single minute of it.
Funny enough, this was actually the second time I renovated this bathroom. When I first bought the house, I immediately knocked down a wall to combine the bathroom and closet, one month into ownership. I followed trends instead of intuition and ended up with a stark white and black space that never felt like me.



As the rest of my home evolved, that bathroom felt colder and more disconnected, especially after finishing my primary bedroom, which felt cozy, romantic, and timeless. Walking from that sanctuary into a sterile bathroom became my breaking point.
This year, I finally gave myself permission to redo it.
But the biggest lesson?
It’s okay to change your mind. You don’t need to feel guilty for fixing something that doesn’t make you happy, even if your younger self chose it.
The next phase of my 2025 projects focused on the exterior of the house and this came in two parts.

After painting the trim last year and swapping out my exterior lights for new copper lanterns this spring, I was eager to get into the next phase of the front exterior makeover: landscaping. I can do a lot of things, but landscaping and keeping up with plants has never been my strong suit. Trust me, I’m waiting for the day where I can say otherwise, but we’ve not reached that mile marker yet.
So what did I do? I hired the project out. And let me tell you what, that was a hard decision for me. Aren’t I a DIYer? I should be tackling this myself! This was a big decision for me. I debated saving plants, repurposing shrubs, and other ways I could save money. But in the end, I chose a fresh start and let the professionals come in and do what they do best.
Everything was removed in one day and replanted the next. The results speak for themselves and six months later, it still looks incredible, even in winter. This has been a long journey so lets take a stroll down memory lane at the evolution…




It’s okay to know when to ask for help.
Hiring experts doesn’t mean you failed—it means you respected your time, energy, and limits.
Then came the back pool garden beds… and this one I did DIY.

Dead pine trees. Weed-filled rock beds. A constant battle I could never win.
I excavated everything and installed artificial turf with pavers. It was the most labor-intensive project I’ve ever done. It’s not perfect—but it’s infinitely better, and now it’s low-maintenance.
I still hate exterior projects.
And that’s okay.
Some things don’t have to become passions. They just need to be planned with extra time or budgeted out entirely.




I almost skipped the home office renovation this year, but something told me not to and I’m so glad I listened.

What was once a white box is now a space that inspires my design work every single day. I added box trim and chair rail in one weekend—a huge improvement from the month it took me the first time I ever tried box molding in the dining room.
I also installed dentil crown molding, which was new and a bit tricky, but incredibly satisfying once it clicked.
You may be surprised to hear this, but I fully intended to hire out wallpaper installation. I’ve wallpapered both my powder room and my back entry, and both have glaring mistakes. I see them every time I pass through and I told myself: “you’re just not good at wallpapering.” But when I called my installer (back in October!) he was booked through January.
I didn’t want to wait, so it was time to get back in the saddle and figure this out once and for all. I took time watching some professional wallpaper channels, reading the tutorials on the manufacturers website (reading directions, I know – crazy right?) and vowed not to rush through it to meet some artificial deadline I set for myself.
What I expected to be stressful turned out to be… enjoyable. This is my third self-wallpapered room and the first with zero mistakes.




Just because you weren’t good at something the first time (or two) doesn’t mean you should give up. Sometimes you just need another chance.
One of my softer goals for 2025 was curating the cozy TV room—being more intentional with collected pieces rather than rushing purchases.
That intention spread. I restyled the bookshelves, found a beautiful credenza on Facebook Marketplace, upgraded to a Frame TV, and unintentionally started reworking the living room too.
A striped sofa resurfaced—the one that got away a year and a half ago—and this time, I didn’t miss it. I rearranged the entire layout, swapped light fixtures, and layered in color and character.

Now, both rooms feel collected, lived-in, and more personal.
And in 2026? We’re adding trim to the living room. And trust me – this is going to be my most detailed trim project to date.
That’s a wrap on my 2025 home renovation project recap.
More than transformed rooms, I gained:
These projects reminded me that growth isn’t about perfection, it’s about persistence. About trying again. About allowing yourself to evolve.
I’m still building my 2026 project list, but I already know it will come with new skills (and new lessons) along the way.
Here’s to another year of learning, pivoting, and creating spaces that truly feel like home.
Happy New Year 🤍

read more
Every year, I add just a little more Christmas decor to my collection, and somehow that always means decorating at least one additional room. Over time, Christmas has slowly expanded throughout my home, and sharing this year’s Christmas decor around the house feels especially exciting.
Rather than having one overall Christmas theme, I like to decorate each room individually and let every space have its own personality. I always change things up just a smidge, and those small updates make all the difference.
This year’s Christmas decor around the house feels layered, intentional, and truly personal.
We’ll start in the entryway. This year, I decided to keep the staircase exclusively decorated with Norfolk pine garland. Last year, I used Cypress and Hemlock garland and loved the look, but switching to Norfolk pine this year created a fuller, more refined feel.

One of the biggest changes this year was the ribbon. In the past, I used a skinnier burgundy velvet ribbon, but this year I chose a four-inch burgundy velvet ribbon and made larger bows, spacing them throughout the staircase banister.

I reused the same bells at the base and added extra garland pieces at the bottom for a fuller look. Overall, I used two deluxe Norfolk pine garlands along the banister and four additional pieces at the base.

I also switched from plastic zip ties to felt garland ties this year. They hold the weight of the garland beautifully, are reusable, and are much safer for the banisters.

Moving into the dining room, I kept things very classic and simple this year, similar to last year’s setup. I hung Norfolk pine wreaths in the windows using khaki velvet ribbon. Because I have wood window casing, I hammer a tiny nail directly into the trim so the wreaths stay securely in place. It’s a small detail, but it makes hanging and removing them so much easier.

On the dining table, I used simple crystal candlesticks with white taper candles on each side, and a large marble bowl as the centerpiece. On the buffet, I gathered Norfolk pine stems in a large fluted vase and styled them alongside homemade gingerbread houses we made over Thanksgiving break.

This room feels timeless and understated, which I love as part of the overall Christmas decor around the house.

The living room is one of my favorite spaces this year and easily the most exciting. The theme in this room is Vintage Christmas! I added an eight foot flocked tree and decorated it exclusively with my vintage ornament collection. For anyone looking to do the same, I choose a tree which was a bit more sparse so I could really stuff it with a lot of ornaments.




I’ve been collecting vintage ornaments for a little over two years, and this year the tree holds roughly 650 vintage ornaments. For a full, collected look I layered the ornaments deeply throughout the tree. The plain (and more weathered ornaments) went towards the trunk, while the baubles and more unique ornaments were placed front and center. Last year I invested in new ornament storage boxes which came with dividers and it really made decorating so much easier this year. I highly recommend these if you have a lot of ornaments to sort through.


I kept the mantel simple so it wouldn’t compete with the tree, using just one larger garland as a centerpiece. Throughout the room, I incorporated sentimental pieces, including vintage ceramic trees from my grandmother, a marble bowl of vintage ornaments on the coffee table and reindeer from my great-grandmother on the piano.
This room feels bright, cheerful, and incredibly meaningful.

This year, I added ribbon throughout the entire house. I used burgundy velvet bows anywhere they felt right, including candle sconces, picture frames, lamps, and bathroom lighting.
My philosophy is simple: if it’s available, put a bow on it. This detail helped tie all of the Christmas decor around the house together beautifully.


The bedroom theme this year is Cozy Christmas. I kept the wreaths on the windows, just like last year, which I absolutely love waking up to each morning. This year, I doubled up the garland on the dresser for a fuller look. I used four total pre-lit Hemlock garlands draped across the top for added depth and warmth.

For the bedding, I added a faux fur ivory throw. I finished the space by tying burgundy ribbon onto both marble lamps.
The result feels soft, layered, and perfectly cozy.


Decorating the bathroom was new for me this year, and I was so excited to finally add Christmas touches after completing a renovation earlier on. To start, I draped garland over both the window frame and the toilet room doorframe. I drilled pilot holes into the wood trim and installed small cup hooks so the garland could rest securely in place. This made decorating easy and damage-free.

To round out the look, I added cedar stems on each end of the garland. A small Christmas tree on the sink, burgundy bows on the light sconces, and red plaid towels throughout the room has this space feeling subtly merry!


The theme in the kitchen this year is Kitschy Christmas. I’m not usually someone who enjoys clutter, but at Christmastime, I love it in this space.
I hung wreaths in the windows again this year using khaki velvet ribbon. I also treated myself to gingerbread houses I’ve wanted for the past two years and finally purchased on sale, and added a small piece of winter artwork behind them. A plaid runner rug in front of the sink, Lenox holiday plates that I happily leave out on the counter all month long, and oranges on the island have the main kitchen feeling festive, fun and lived in.

On the kitchenette table, I used a vintage tablecloth that belonged to my grandmother and added a poinsettia. The kitchen feels joyful, nostalgic, and full of charm.


The cozy TV room leans into a traditional Ralph Lauren–inspired Christmas. This room saw some new additions this year which I’m really loving including the vintage buffet and a Frame TV, which was so fun to style with Christmas artwork.

On the mantel, I layered cedar garland as a base and topped it with pre-lit Hemlock garland. I removed everything from the bookcases and styled them with my white Christmas village, adding small tea lights so I can turn them on each night. I also updated the bookshelf lamps with red tartan lampshades, which I may end up keeping out all year long.


The tree in this room sticks to a red and gold color palette. I used red beaded garland, candles for the first time, nutcrackers, red bows, sentimental ornaments, and a gold vintage tree topper.

This year’s Christmas decor around the house feels thoughtful, layered, and deeply personal. Every room has its own personality while still feeling cohesive as a whole.
Next year, I plan to decorate my home office for Christmas and perhaps add a full sized tree in the primary bedroom! I hope this tour of our home inspires you to add just one more festive touch where it feels right.

Wishing you a very Merry Christmas, and a Happy & Healthy New Year!

read more
The home office renovation is officially humming along, and I’m thrilled with how the transformation is taking shape. The first half of this project focused on dialing in the architectural design, installing custom trim work, and prepping the room for a full spray-painted finish. In this back half of the project we’ll start to see the transformation take shape with paint, wallpaper and decor!
Lets quickly recap the journey to date and I’ll share some important progress updates and lessons from painting.
I began the home office renovation by installing a chair rail one-third up the wall and sketching out the picture frame molding boxes. I always design molding based on the proportions of the room itself, and if you need help planning your layout, I have a full tutorial linked for you that breaks down measurements, spacing, and installation techniques.
Once the lower molding was complete, it was time to shift upward to the crown.

Even though this was my second time installing crown molding, it was my first time working with dentil molding. The general process felt familiar from my primary bathroom renovation, but dentil molding added a new layer of precision — especially making sure the decorative “teeth” aligned perfectly in the corners. It’s a small detail that significantly elevates the space and overall finish.

Once all the trim was installed, I moved into the most meticulous phase: finishing work. This is the step that transforms a project from “DIY” to “professional.”
Here’s what that looked like:
It’s time-consuming, but it’s essential and it’s where any renovation starts to take on a polished, intentional look.
Because the trim details were so intricate, I opted to spray paint the office for the most even and elevated finish. Prep work took the entire day — taping the floors, laying brown paper, wrapping the windows in plastic, and sealing behind each door. If you’ve never used a sprayer, trust me: overspray is real, and prep is everything.
When I started spraying primer with my Graco Magnum X5, I quickly realized my nozzle was installed backwards, causing the primer to shoot out in a stream instead of a fine mist. This slowed down the home office renovation progress briefly, and I ended up hand-painting the dentil molding in one section to fix drips. It was an hours-long task I won’t forget anytime soon.

After I corrected this mistake, spraying became effortless. I started with the crown molding to avoid scratching the walls with the hose and worked my way down to the chair rail and baseboards.
After considering multiple design options, I landed confidently on Joa’s White by Farrow & Ball in Flat Eggshell. It’s the perfect warm, creamy tone for the space.

I sprayed one coat of mid-tones primer, followed by two coats of Joa’s White in Flat Eggshell. Flat Eggshell is my ideal finish for trim-heavy spaces because it offers the durability of matte with just a subtle hint of sheen. The moment the color went up, I knew it was the perfect match and a huge step forward in the home office renovation progress.
After putting the sprayer away, I transitioned into detailed hand painting. The window panes got taped off with Jasco and I painted both the casing and the windows themselves. I also painted the outside of the office door and the surrounding trim. I figured it would be open into the space most of the time, so I wanted it to match the rest of the room. It was definitely the right call!
For the ceiling, I applied one coat of Farrow & Ball’s White & Light Primer, and two coats of Farrow & Ball’s Dimity in Dead Flat. Rather than color-drenching the space or painting the ceiling white, I chose a tone one shade lighter than the walls. This creates a soft, subtle contrast that I love (a design choice I also used in my primary bathroom). The Dead Flat finish hides imperfections beautifully, especially helpful in a home that once had popcorn ceilings throughout.

This tonal ceiling shift is one of my favorite outcomes in the entire home office renovation, and I can already see myself using this approach in every room of the house.
Also one callout I’ll note: if you find yourself painting a few different items all at once (maybe different colors like me, or even different finishes), do yourself a favor and invest in a couple painting tools from Handy Paint Pail. Since I’ve upgraded to the handy paint pail with both a liner AND a lid, it’s made both clean-up and jumping back into projects so much easier.
With the painting complete, it’s officially wallpaper time! I’m installing the Vintage Tapestry Mural in Beige by Belarte Studio, and immediately after I hung the first panel I knew I had made the right decision. It’s already adding the most magical layer of warmth, texture, and character to the room.

This is a traditional paste the wall paper (which I prefer) so it’s as simple as rolling paste on the wall with a paint roller (this is the only brand I’ll use) and then lining up the paper. Following this project I’ll make a more detailed post on the wallpaper installation process, but for now I’m focused on finishing the job. Stay tuned…the reveal is right around the corner!
Picking a Paint Color for the Home Office
How to Measure, Cut & Install Crown Molding

read more
When it comes to picking a paint color for the home office, the decision carries more weight than you might think. This room isn’t just another space — it’s where ideas grow, projects come to life, and creativity needs the right environment to flourish. After weeks of designing and installing chair-rail and box trim, and adding dentil crown molding, the architectural foundation of the room is finally complete. Now it’s time for the most exciting part: choosing the paint.
Before settling on a color, I mocked up several wallpaper options and landed on a beautiful vintage tapestry mural. I’ve been wanting a mural in the house for ages, and the office felt like the most natural fit. The tones are muted, elegant, and filled with layered warmth, which inspired three color directions that each brought something different to the space.

Here are the three paint colors I seriously considered while picking a paint color for the home office, and why I ultimately chose the one I did.

My first instinct was a deep green — specifically Treron by Farrow & Ball, a color I already used in my primary bedroom. When I held the wallpaper against it, the tones paired beautifully. Treron is rich, cozy, and wonderfully complex in north-facing light.
But that’s also where my hesitation began.
I associate Treron with rest, grounding, and unwinding — all perfect for a bedroom, not ideal for a workspace. While it technically works, it doesn’t evoke the energy I want to feel when I sit down to design or create. So even though it was a strong contender, Treron wasn’t the best choice when picking a paint color for the home office.


Next up was London Clay by Farrow & Ball, a color I’ve used throughout the home — including in the powder bathroom and on a high-gloss dresser makeover in the primary bedroom. It’s warm, earthy, and has a timeless depth that works beautifully with traditional details.
When paired with the wallpaper, London Clay came close, but the undertone felt slightly off. More importantly, it brought a richness and heaviness to the room that didn’t quite match the creative, energizing atmosphere I want for the office.
It’s a stunning color — just not the direction for the home office.


Although I do love a mood, I was noticing a trend that I wanted something lighter, but not necessarily white. I tested Joa’s White by Farrow & Ball, a warm near-neutral with a soft, sandy undertone. Immediately, it felt right. It complements the mural beautifully without competing with it, and it brightens the room in a way that still feels calm and grounded. And if we’re being totally honest, it has that Nancy Myers feeling to it.
I’m sure you could sense where this was headed: I’m going with Joa’s White by Farrow & Ball for the home office design! I think it’s going to do all the heavy lifting with highlighting the trimwork and dentil molding I’ve worked so hard to install, but at the same time it’s not going to compete with anything else in the space. It feels balanced, calm and cohesive.
Ultimately, when picking a paint color for the home office, I wanted something that offered:
Joa’s White checks every box!
Now that the paint decision is made, the next steps are all about installing! I’ll be using my Graco X5 paint sprayer to apply most of the paint, as both the crown molding and the chair rail are quite detailed. I’ll hand paint the windows, doors and corresponding casing. For a finish, I’m choosing Farrow & Ball’s new finish, Flat Eggshell. I used it in the primary bathroom and I the subtle sheen is perfect for highlighting woodwork but is also incredible durable and easy to clean.

I’m also going to use this opportunity to repaint the ceiling. Instead of color drenching, or going with a white, I’m going a couple hues lighter than Joa’s White and am using Dimity in Dead Flat. I did a similar pairing in the primary bathroom this summer by pairing Jitney on the walls and Stirabout on the ceiling, and it’s such a beautiful soft contrast.
After painting, it will be time to install the wallpaper mural! I anticipate at least two full days to do this, possibly three, but luckily it lines right up so I’m hopeful it will be straightforward. From there I’ll swap out the light fixture, add the furniture back in and then it will be time to style! My goal is to have everything completed by December.
Follow along to see the rest of the home office makeover come to life! And if you’re new here, you can catch up on the progress thus far below.
How to Measure, Cut & Install Crown Molding
How to Design Picture Frame Molding: Home Office Edition
Home Office Makeover Plans & Inspiration
This project is part of the Fall 2025 One Room Challenge! You can follow along with the challenge here.


read more
We’re a few weeks into my home office renovation, and with all of the box molding, chair rail, and crown molding installed, it’s officially time to think about color. Which means one thing: wallpaper. While I still need to wood fill and caulk all of the trim, I’m finalizing the design plan and today I’m sharing the five home office wallpaper ideas I considered for this space.
If you’ve been here for a while, you know that I love a moody, traditional feel throughout my home. My goal for this office is to create a room that inspires me every day—especially when I’m working on design projects and connecting with this community. Every decision, from wallpaper to paint color, is being made with that intention in mind.
The first of my home office wallpaper ideas is Pimpernel by William Morris — a true classic. The Bay Leaf and Manila colorway features a soft green background with warm rosy-taupe florals. The pattern feels timeless and layered, the perfect fit between the chair rail and crown molding.
For paint pairing, I’d lean into a warm taupe trim color to let the green shine. If you’re drawn to traditional and classic, this design checks all the boxes.


Another home office wallpaper idea that completely shifts the mood is the same Pimpernel pattern in Brick and Olive. The deep red background feels bold and dramatic. I’ve been wanting to bring red into my house for a while, and this wallpaper could be the perfect opportunity.
To balance the warmth, I’d pair it with a contrasting blue green trim. The mix of red and blue would instantly make the space feel collected, intentional, and full of character — exactly what the home office should feel like.


Next up on my list of home office wallpaper ideas is Brer Rabbit by William Morris in the Peacock and Gold colorway. It’s whimsical, traditional, and full of personality with its pattern of rabbits, birds, and vines.
The deep peacock background feels rich and layered, while the golden details add subtle movement. I’d likely pair this one with a warm brown trim to keep the look grounded. If you’re searching for home office wallpaper ideas that blend heritage charm with something unexpected, this one might be it.


Another favorite among my home office wallpaper ideas was Strawberry Thief in Charcoal. This paper has a moody charcoal background with copper-toned birds and leaves. It’s sophisticated and a little rebellious — perfect for an old-world feel with modern edge. I would lean into the moodiness and paint all the trim a dark charcoal like this one. Such a mood!
My hesitation is how it would pair with the existing furniture in the room, including my Maitland-Smith desk and Eastlake dresser. While I’m likely ruling it out for this space, Strawberry Thief remains high on my list of home office wallpaper ideas for future projects.


The last option on my home office wallpaper ideas list is Tapestry Landscape in Beige by Belarte Studio. This wallpaper instantly stole my heart. It features muted greens, browns, and beiges in a mural-style design that feels like art for the walls.
I love that it has the appearance of a tapestry texture to it, and I especially love the vintage feel it brings to the table. It comes in several different colorways, but this one spoke to me the most! I think it’s because the color palette organically ties into other rooms in my home like the primary bedroom.

After spending a few weeks with all the samples taped up, I decided that Tapestry Landscape in Beige is the winner. It feels like the perfect mix of everything I love—moody, timeless and inspiring, with a vintage flair.
This will be my first time installing a mural, and I can’t wait to see it come to life. Once the woodwork is filled and caulked, I’ll move on to painting the trim and then hanging the wallpaper. By the way, if you missed how I designed the picture frame molding in the home office you can catch up here!

For trim color, I’m debating between three directions:
Each of these options connects back to other rooms in my home, keeping the design cohesive while letting this wallpaper remain the focal point.
If you’re currently narrowing down your own home office wallpaper ideas, I hope this list sparks some inspiration and helps you find a pattern that speaks to your space and your style. If you’re still searching, take a look at this post which includes some additional colorways and murals to choose from!
My Plans for a Moody Traditional Home Office Transformation
How I’m Designing and Installing Custom Trim in the Home Office
This project is part of the Fall 2025 One Room Challenge! You can follow along with the challenge here.


read more
After tackling three different types of wall molding projects in my home—each a little more advanced than the last— I’m excited to take on my home office. This is now my fourth time installing picture frame molding, and like all the others, I know it’s going to completely transform the space. However, I remember the first time I did this (in the dining room) I was lost at where to start. So today I want to share a few secrets I use that make how to design picture frame molding simple and less intimidating.



In my dining room, I installed picture frame boxes below an existing chair rail. In my primary bedroom, I tried stacked molding—smaller boxes on the bottom and larger ones on top. Then, in my primary bathroom renovation, I created a custom wainscoting design with multiple layers and trim types. For the home office, I’m installing a chair rail with picture frame boxes underneath, and next we’ll tackle crown molding.
Before getting into how to design picture frame molding, I first needed to determine where my chair rail would sit. This room didn’t have any existing trim, so I started from scratch using one of my favorite design rules: the rule of thirds.
My ceilings are eight feet tall (96 inches), so I divided that by three to get 33 inches. Then, since I plan to add a chunky crown molding later, I decided to drop the chair rail one inch lower. That means the top of my chair rail sits at 32 inches from the floor, creating perfect visual balance for an 8-foot room while allowing the upper wall to have its own moment, especially since I plan to add wallpaper above the molding.

Once I had the height marked, I used my Bosch laser level to project a clean, continuous line around the room and attached the chair rail with my brad nailer and 2-inch brad nails. I chose this chair rail by Ornamental Mouldings and I’m in love with the detailing on it! I know it’s going to look amazing once I get everything painted. Now that the chair rail is installed, it’s time to move on to the real fun: designing the picture frame molding boxes.


When figuring out how to design picture frame molding, the first step is to map out the layout for each wall.
My number-one tip is to design for each wall individually, not the room as a whole. Very few rooms are perfect rectangles without windows, doors, or vents—and that’s what makes your space interesting. But it also means you’ll need to adjust your box layout wall by wall.
For example, in my home office:


That means symmetry across the entire room just isn’t possible. Instead, I focused on what made sense for each wall and how to best complement the existing architecture. I love to start with the wall that already has these existing features. For me, that’s always the easiest jumping-off point.
For example, in this room I started with the wall that had the double windows. I had two options: one long box beneath both windows or two long rectangular boxes. I chose two, which felt more balanced. On the shorter section of wall beside the window, I decided on one box instead of two.
That’s what I mean by designing for the wall. It’s about what looks right in that specific space, not what matches the others perfectly.
A key step in how to design picture frame molding is visualizing your layout before you make a single cut. I like to upload a photo of my wall into Canva and experiment with digital “boxes” until I find a layout that feels right.
You’ll see how I mocked up two options below – one with three boxes and one with four boxes. Some people prefer more square boxes; others like them long and rectangular. Personally, I lean toward groupings of three whenever I can. The “rule of thirds” is classic for a reason as it’s naturally pleasing to the eye.


For this room, I landed on three boxes on the wall behind my desk and three boxes on the wall across from it, which kept the layout feeling balanced.
You can also go old-school with painter’s tape, which I did in my first few projects. Tape out the boxes on your wall, step back, and adjust until you’re happy with the proportions. It’s a low-stress way to get confident before you start cutting your trim.
The most important tip when installing picture frame molding is when it comes to spacing, consistency is everything. You’ll want the spacing around each picture frame molding box—top, bottom, sides, and in-between—to be exactly the same.

For this project, I decided on a 2½-inch gap instead of my usual 3½-inch spacing since my ceiling height is lower. I used pieces of 2½-inch scrap wood pieces to use as spacers, which made lining everything up fast and easy.
After marking all the box outlines on the wall, I measured each section, cut my molding at 45-degree angles on my miter saw, and then dry-fitted the pieces to make sure everything aligned. Once I was happy with the fit, I double checked everything with my handheld laser level, and then installed each piece using my brad nailer and 2-inch nails. I’ll also note I find it easiest to start with the bottom piece first, then sides and then the top piece of molding. You work with gravity this way versus against it!

For this project, I used picture frame molding from Ornamental Mouldings from Novo Building Products (it’s the same profile I used in my bathroom!). I love the subtle detail it adds without feeling too fussy.
Every time I tackle a wall molding project, I’m reminded why I love them so much: they add instant character, texture, and architectural interest without requiring a full renovation.

Learning how to design picture frame molding might feel intimidating at first, but once you understand a few basic principles—like the rule of thirds, consistent spacing, and designing for each wall individually—it becomes a creative, approachable DIY that looks completely custom.


Whether you’re working with a blank wall or incorporating existing windows and doors, the key is to visualize, plan, and take your time.
Now that I designed and installed the picture frame molding the next step is installing this dental crown molding! I’m so excited about the detailing and cannot wait to get crown molding into this room. Make sure you’re following along on socials to see the transformation take shape!
How I Designed Picture Frame Molding in the Dining Room
Primary Bathroom Custom Wainscoting
Designing Stacked Picture Frame Trim in the Primary Bedroom
This project is part of the Fall 2025 One Room Challenge! You can follow along with the challenge here.


read more
There’s something incredibly satisfying about transforming a tired space with your own two hands—especially when the “before” includes dying pine trees and a garden bed filled with dirty rocks and weeds. Earlier this summer, I had my front yard professionally landscaped, but the back pool area? Due to budget that’s been my DIY special. I wanted something beautiful, functional, and low-maintenance, something I could set and forget. That’s when I decided to take on a DIY paver and turf installation project.
Below you’ll find the full tutorial combining both parts of the process—from mockups to pavers to turf—plus every product I used so you can tackle your own backyard makeover.
Every good project starts with a plan, and mine began with a few layout mockups. I tested a couple of different designs using large square concrete pavers with strips of artificial turf in between.
I originally envisioned a diamond layout, but once I measured my garden beds, I realized it wouldn’t line up properly—so I pivoted to a clean, straight design that fit the space perfectly.



Pro Tip: If your pavers don’t visually align in your mockup, it’s worth reworking the pattern before you start cutting turf later on.
The next step in my DIY paver and turf installation was getting rid of the mess. I pulled weeds, rocks, and the remnants of some very sad pine trees. Then I worked on leveling the soil as best as possible—trust me, this step makes everything easier later on. You’ll need a pick axe, a heavy rake and a good shovel for this process. I also purchased a special shovel with blades on the side which helped cut through deep roots when removing the pine trees.




Once the area was clear, I had two tons of decomposed granite dropped in my driveway. (I about died when I saw how much that actually was.) Often referred to as “DC” this type of rock allows for the best drainage for a project like pavers. Luckily you can have it delivered!
Before hauling it over, I should’ve installed a garden edger to contain the material—but I learned that one the hard way. Another thing I didn’t do and should have was tamped down the soil before laying the decompossed granite. When you’re removing roots, the soil needs to settle. Helping it along with a tamp will take care of this for you and you’ll avoid things settling after the fact.
Anyhow, back to the process: Using buckets, I shoveled the granite over to the garden beds, spread it evenly, and raked it level with a heavy-duty rake. A good rule of thumb is about 2 inches of rock for drainage purposes.
Next I tamped everything down by hand to create a solid base for the pavers. You can also rent a tamper, however I didn’t have the ability to haul one myself so I did this by hand. Try to level the rock as much as you can, but don’t get terribly detailed with it, as we’ll do sand in the next step which will help fill in gaps.


Next came sand. You’ll want to purchase “paver sand” which is used specifically for this purpose and you should plan on one to two inches total. Since my pavers are aesthetic and are not being walked or driven on, I went for one inch. If your pavers are going to be getting normal use and traffic, you’ll want two to three inches of sand.
The easiest method for installing the sand was dumping one bag at a time, leveling it with a rake, then again with a flat board (a process called screeding). Use a level to ensure everything is even and keep screeding until it is. This step creates an even foundation for your pavers to sit securely without wobbling, which is key to a polished finish.


Here’s where the DIY paver and turf installation really started to come to life. I began with my diamond pattern in the narrow bed but quickly realized it didn’t translate to the larger area. Half pavers and awkward cuts just weren’t the look I wanted, so I switched to a straight layout that felt cleaner and more intentional.
To keep spacing consistent, I cut seven-inch wooden blocks to use as spacers between each paver—this is key because it makes trimming and fitting the turf much easier later on.


Each paver weighed about thirty-six pounds, and with sixty total, that’s over two thousand pounds I moved around… and yes, a few of them got set more than once. Once you have your pavers placed, tamp them down with a rubber mallet to help set them.
With the pavers in place, it was time for the artificial turf. Using the same wood block spacer, I cut my turf to the width and length for the longer pieces first. I used scissors to do this, but would highly recommend a good utility knife like this one instead (I learned that towards the end). It’s so much faster!
An important step to note when you’re installing artificial turf is to make sure all of the blades are pointing in the same direction. Make sure to plan this during your cuts, otherwise you’ll end up with a lot of waste. Dry fit the turf in the spaces first (some pavers may need slightly shifted) and then follow these steps to lock it all in place:




The before-and-after speaks for itself. What was once a neglected corner of the yard is now a polished, functional extension of my outdoor living space. For some extra privacy from the neighbors, I also opted to add a faux boxwood privacy fence on one side. For the time being, this has been a fantastic solution.


This DIY paver and turf installation took some muscle and a few learning curves, but the result was absolutely worth it. It’s proof that with a little planning, persistence, and a few trips to Lowe’s, you can completely transform your outdoor space.


You can shop every item from this project directly below and start your own backyard transformation.
My Front Yard Exterior Makeover
Budget Friendly Pool Patio Refresh

read more
Fall is my favorite time of year to lean into moodier tones, layered textures, and cozy moments at home. Instead of going overboard with pumpkins, I love to take a thoughtful approach — small swaps and seasonal layers that create warmth without clutter. This year, I styled my spaces with moody fall home decor that feels elevated, timeless, and perfectly collected. Here are all the ways I’m decorating for and celebrating fall this year!
One of the easiest ways to set the tone is through artwork. For my Frame TV, I swapped in a still life print of pears — the warm browns and shadows feel so quintessentially fall. The best part? I grabbed a package of 30 moody artwork prints for under $7, and they’re mine to keep forever. It’s such an affordable way to change the atmosphere of a room without investing in more decor.

In the kitchen, I added styled a set of faux artichokes in a darker serving bowl. Their muted greens and hints of purple add a sculptural element and tie right into my moody fall home decor palette.

Sometimes the simplest changes have the biggest impact. I swapped my glass cloche for an orange one on the coffee table, instantly warming up the space. Layered books, a sculptural bowl, and warm-toned accents create depth and texture.

Throughout the house, I’ve tucked in my favorite fall stems — golden leaves, deep burgundy branches, and moody greenery. They bring movement and life into every corner while still keeping the overall vibe sophisticated and cozy. Ps – if you’re not sure how many stems to use in an arrangement, I created this guide last year that might be helpful!

Fall scents are non-negotiable when it comes to creating atmosphere. I rotate through a few favorites depending on my mood:
All of these scents instantly warm up the house and make my home smell as cozy as it looks.
Fall starts at the front door, and I love creating a warm welcome. This year, I styled my entry with a mix of real and faux pumpkins for layered texture and longevity (no mid-October rotting). To finish it off, I swapped my front door wreath for a burgundy option that ties into the moody palette I’ve used inside. If you need tips for styling your front stairs with pumpkins, these tips help make things simple.

The bedroom is where I embrace seasonal layering the most. I start with Boll & Branch sheets and the waffle blanket both in Juniper, add my cream signature duvet set, and bring in a lumbar pillow with fall tones of browns and reds. On top, I toss a big cream faux fur throw for texture and warmth. The result is a cocoon of moody fall home decor that feels just right as the nights get cooler.


Once the house is styled and the candles are lit, the only thing left is a good fall movie lineup. My go-to favorites:
And for movie night I highly recommend a Popsmith Popcorn maker. It’s nostalgic and makes the BEST popcorn! One of Oprah’s favorite things for a reason.
Here are a few more ways to lean in:

Leaning into fall doesn’t mean filling every corner with pumpkins. It’s about layering warmth, mood, and texture so your home feels like a retreat. From a $7 package of moody Frame TV art to cozy bedding swaps, from a bowl of faux artichokes to a perfectly spiced candle, these little changes add up to a home that feels deeply autumnal. If you’re craving inspiration for moody fall home decor, this is your sign to start layering.

Call It Home Coffee Table Book

read more
I didn’t plan to renovate my primary bathroom in 2025, but sometimes the best projects aren’t on the list. For my second One Room Challenge, I kept coming back to this space. My bedroom had just been transformed into a warm, layered retreat, but every time I stepped into the bathroom, it felt disjointed, sterile, and like a daily reminder of past design mistakes. That’s when I decided it was time to tackle a primary bathroom renovation—and to finally create a space that felt cohesive with the rest of my home. Today I’m so excited to finally be able to share my primary bathroom renovation reveal with you! All the details, the decisions, the sources and more. Lets dive in!
Seven years ago I renovated my primary bathroom but without realizing it, I fell victim to the “everything white with black trim” trend. While fresh at first, the novelty faded quickly. The bathroom felt cold and wrong for me. Instead of a space where I could slow down and enjoy my routines, it was one I rushed through.
When I set out to renovate this bathroom, my goals were clear:



My style is all about blending traditional design with vintage character and a modern edge. For this bathroom renovation, that meant layering in wainscoting trim, incorporating timeless finishes, and using materials that would age gracefully. I started pulling some inspiration on Pinterest and put together an initial moodboard.

Some details I kept: the black-and-white checkerboard floor tile (a timeless choice I’m so grateful for) and the striped Farrow & Ball Block Print Stripe wallpaper in the toilet room. Both already leaned into a traditional-meets-vintage feel, so they became the foundation for the new design.
Woodwork became the centerpiece of this renovation. I mapped out wainscoting with layers of poplar boards, chair rail, picture frame trim, crown molding, and new baseboards—all sourced from Novo Building Products and Ornamental Mouldings. Their profiles were exactly the classic, traditional detail I envisioned.


This layered trim transformed the sterile white box into an architectural, cozy, and intentional space. While crown molding tested my patience, it ended up being one of the most rewarding skills I’ve taught myself.
The vanity countertop became a defining design choice. I selected a Calacatta Fiorto marble remnant slab with rich veining in deep green, plum, terracotta, and gold. This natural stone instantly warmed the room and inspired the rest of the palette.
To fix the mismatched metal issue, I committed to intentional mixing:



One of the happiest accidents of this project came when the countertop installers spilled chemicals on my black vanity, stripping its finish. While frustrating, it gave me the push to do what I’d always wanted: flip the vanity to a rich walnut finish.
Using Retique It Liquid Wood and a dark walnut gel stain, I transformed the vanity into the anchor of the bathroom. Paired with longer mirrors and the marble countertop, it now feels elevated and “grown up.”

Picking the wall color was a saga. I tested samples for months, from Farrow & Ball’s Mouse’s Back to AI mockups. In the end, I chose Farrow & Ball’s Jitney, a warm, earthy neutral that ties perfectly to the veining in the marble and the walnut vanity. The patience was worth it—Jitney is the soul of this primary bathroom renovation.


Like every DIY project, this renovation had moments of balancing investment and savings:
Splurges


Saves
This balance allowed me to elevate the bathroom without breaking the budget.

Every project teaches me something new, and this bathroom was no exception.


Two features make me smile every time I step inside:

This primary bathroom renovation was never part of my original plan, but it ended up being one of the most rewarding projects I’ve ever taken on. From fixing past mistakes to layering in timeless details, the bathroom now feels like a true extension of my home and my style: traditional, vintage, and just enough modern to keep it fresh.

It’s not fully finished (a window treatment and shower makeover are still on the horizon), but for now, it feels like pure magic, and my primary suite finally feels complete. Just a reminder of where we started and where we ended…






Paint Color: Jitney by Farrow & Ball
Walnut Soft Close Elongated Toilet Seat
Kohler Artifacts Double Wall Hook in Polished Nickel
72 in Vintage Cast Iron Clawfoot Bathtub
Clawfoot Tub Faucet & Hand Shower
Black & White Checkered Floor Tile
Kohler Artifacts Faucet in Polished Nickel
Kohler Artifacts Handles in Polished Nickel
Brass Vintage Toggle Light Switches
Chandelier (vintage): similar option 1, option 2, option 3
Arched Armoire Storage Cabinet
Ornamental Mouldings Colonial Backband Moulding
Ornamental Mouldings 3.5″ Poplar Hardwood Board
Ornamental Mouldings 2.5″ Poplar Hardwood Board
Ornamental Mouldings Charlotte Baseboards (5.5″)
Ornamental Mouldings Crown Molding
Ornamental Mouldings Picture Frame Molding
Ornamental Mouldings Chair Rail
Bosch 12 in 15 amp dual bevel compound Miter Saw

read more
When I started renovating my kitchen, one of the biggest pain points was the dark, speckled granite countertops. They felt dated, busy, and totally out of sync with the lighter, warmer aesthetic I wanted for my home. Real marble counters have always been on my dream list—but with my square footage I was looking at roughly $20,000, and that just wasn’t in the budget. So instead of waiting, I decided to work with what I had by using this DIY marble countertops kit.
For under $200, I completely transformed my kitchen counters into a bright, faux marble finish that looks high-end, feels durable, and has given me the freedom to love my kitchen right now while I save for the real thing someday. If you’ve been wondering how to paint granite countertops to look like marble, this guide is for you.


The Giani kit comes with everything you need, but prep work is key. I started by giving my counters a deep clean with dish soap and water, then wiped everything down with lacquer thinner for extra insurance against grease or residue.
Next, I taped off the backsplash, sink, appliances, and cabinets, then draped the provided plastic sheeting over everything. Don’t skip this part—the epoxy topcoat drips as it levels, so extra drop cloths on the floor will save you cleanup stress later.



Since I was covering dark granite with a white marble kit, it took me Four coats of primer to get full coverage. Each coat dried in about two hours, and the process went quickly. Think of this stage like painting walls—primer sets the foundation for everything else.
Pro tip: don’t forget the underside edges of your counters if they’re visible from an adjacent room.



This is the part that feels intimidating, but it’s also the most fun. The kit includes grey paint, a fine artist’s brush, a spray bottle, and a larger brush for blending.
To mimic real marble veins:
At first, I tried to replicate the exact slab of Carrara marble I’d been eyeing—and that made me overly critical. Once I let go of perfection and embraced the organic look, the process became easier and more enjoyable.
If you’re feeling extra nervous about this I can completely relate. The good news is that it’s not immediately permanent. If you hate your vein, you can spray water on it and wipe it right off (I did this a lot). And if you really hate what you did, you can re-prime over it and start over (I also did this!).


After the grey veining dried for a few hours, I used the sponge and white highlight paint included in the kit to add some dimension. Dab this sporadically over veins for added depth and dimension, which will make your DIY marble countertops look more realistic.

The epoxy is what seals the deal—literally. This clear, glossy topcoat gives the counters durability and a smooth stone-like feel.
Here’s what to keep in mind:

I let the epoxy cure for 24–48 hours before touching the surface and gave it a full week before setting appliances back in place. Keep in mind, anything the epoxy touches will turn rock hard. So paint brushes, rollers, etc will all get tossed. The kit comes with plenty of these so use what’s provided and nothing personal that you love.
The difference is dramatic. What once were dark, speckled granite counters now look like bright, timeless Carrara marble countertops—all for under $200. This budget-friendly kitchen renovation project proves you don’t need to wait for a dream budget to achieve a dream look.
There are a few small imperfections, but overall I’m thrilled. The counters complement my new cabinet color, backsplash, and brass hardware beautifully, and I love walking into a kitchen that feels completely refreshed.


Yes, with a few caveats:
If you’re willing to put in the time, this is one of the most transformational DIY home projects you can do on a budget.



Want to try this in your own home? Here’s the exact kit I used:
DIY Budget Friendly Kitchen Reveal

read more
The past couple weeks were big for the DIY primary bathroom renovation—equal parts progress and problem-solving. Here’s where things stand, what’s finished, and what’s coming next.
Remember when the countertop installers dripped something down the front of the black vanity drawers? Total mess. But it turned out to be the push I didn’t know I needed. I used Retique It Liquid Wood and Varathane gel stain in Dark Walnut to completely flip the finish—and now I’m in love.






I’ve used this method before on my dining table, so I trusted the process—and it paid off again. The walnut tone completely transformed the space and adds warmth I didn’t realize was missing.
Here’s everything else that happened in the bathroom this week:




Perhaps one of the most unexciting parts of any custom millwork projects is filling the gaps, holes and whatnots. However taking time to do this part of the project the right way is what’s going to give you a seamless professional finish. Here’s what I did:

This coming week is all about details:

It sounds like a lot, but we’re solidly in the homestretch now. The transformation is starting to really take shape, and I can’t wait to share the final reveal.
Thanks for following along! More pretty details and finished shots coming soon. If you’re tackling your own vanity flip or bathroom renovation, drop your questions in the comments—I’m happy to share tips.
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 1
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 2
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 3
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 4
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 5
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 6 & 7

read more
I know there’s great anticipation for the primary bathroom reveal, but I wouldn’t be a real DIYer if I wasn’t starting another project before finishing the current one, right? All jokes aside, the landscaping has been high on my to-do list for a long time now, so I’m excited to share the plans (or rough ideas) for phase two of the exterior makeover.
In case you missed it, last year I focused on the exterior paint color and went from a dated yellow cream, to this warm moody charcoal with a hint of brown (color is Black Fox by Sherwin-Williams). I painted the exterior doors Tricorn Black by Sherwin-Williams and added brand new gutters, also in black. The transformation was astounding!




Adding new copper lanterns was supposed to be on the list for last year too, but they were backordered by several months, so it wasn’t until this spring that I was finally able to have them installed. But needless to say, they were so worth the wait! If you’re curious about choosing exterior lighting for size and scale, I shared a little bit about my process here.

It’s time for curb appeal! When I bought my house in 2018, it came with a lot of mature landscaping: very tall trees in the back, tall holly bushes, large ewes and more. At first I was so excited about this because it was new for me and everything looked so pretty. However I soon realized that I wasn’t equipped to take care of everything and the previous owners hadn’t kept it up either. Everything is very leggy (that’s when you don’t trim back your bushes and you have more wood than leaves) and some things have died off during some harsh winters.
When thinking about the landscape design for the front, I want something that compliments the style of my home (southern & traditional) but will also be easy to maintain for a gardening novice like myself. Also, I know I can always continue to build in years to come! With all that said, I uploaded a couple photos of my front landscaping to ChatGPT Sora and coached it on my vision. Lets look at the first option!

As you can see, the plans entail ripping most everything out and starting from scratch. The initial version I requested allows me to keep the two pink magnolia trees. I’ll share a photo of them in bloom below. While these are quite unruly at the moment, I’d like to do everything I can to keep them. When I purchased my house in 2018, they were in bloom the day I got the keys and it feels very special each spring when I see them bloom. I always take a minute to reflect on how far this house has come.
With all that said, some storms caused the left tree to lose a large limb, so they’re not quite symmetrical anymore. In case trimming them back proves to be unsightly, I also requested a mock-up without the magnolia trees and look at this! If I’m being honest with you, I like this version more! It’s something about the symmetry and balance of everything.

I’m sure you’re wondering if I plan on tackling this by myself, and trust me, I thought about it. I even bought a pole saw in the hopes I could trim the magnolias back myself! However at the end of the day I decided maybe it might be best to call in an expert. These roots run deep – I know some of them have been here for decades – and my equipment is pretty limited at this stage.
After vetting a few companies I found one that I feel good about. Finding good contractors in the area has proven to be very difficult for me. Sometimes I know they’re marking up the price because they think I don’t know any better (that’s actually how my kitchen renovation was born – I was mad about being over-quoted for a drawer). Other times I don’t feel like they’re listening to me which is a HUGE problem! If something goes wrong we need to be able to discuss it. I had one company give me a bid on this job and I’m not hiring him for this exact reason.
Needless to say, I’m excited about the company I ultimately chose and we discussed the magnolia tree concerns. We’re going to start by trimming them back and shaping them, and from there we’ll stand back and decide if we should keep them or if they should go. Otherwise, you can expect some fresh holly bushes, some Arborvitaes, white hydrangeas and boxwoods. I plan to install a brick garden wall so to speak (just two or three layers of brick pavers like these) which I think will really tie in nicely with the house.
Since this isn’t a DIY project, expect this to happen a bit more quicker than usual! We’re scheduled to start next week, weather permitting (and as long as he’s not backed up from the previous bouts of rain we’ve had). I’m a little bit nervous but mostly excited for this project! After the landscape company is done, I’ll begin planning an exterior lighting scheme and am also going to tackle a small flower bed that’s off to the side as my own little gardening DIY. We all have to start somewhere right?!
Stay tuned for much more to come! I’m so excited to finally have the large white snowball hydrangeas I’ve always dreamt of!


read more
Styling bookshelves is one of those home design tasks that looks simple… until you’re staring at a long, empty shelf and thinking, Now what? If you’ve ever felt stumped by the blank slate of built-ins—especially those longer shelves that seem to stretch on forever—you’re not alone. But with the right strategy, any bookshelf (big or small) can become a curated focal point full of warmth, personality, and story. Today, I’m sharing my go-to tips for how to style long bookshelves beautifully, using a mix of old and new, cozy and collected, and always personal. These are the exact techniques I used to style the built-ins in my own cozy tv room, and trust me—they make all the difference.
Whether you’re styling a single shelf or an entire wall, these styling tips will help you create shelves that feel intentional, balanced, and uniquely you.
If you’re styling long bookshelves, think of coffee table books as your secret weapon. Their generous size helps ground the shelf visually, especially when you’re working with deep, dark cabinetry like mine (painted in Benjamin Moore’s Lead Grey, if you’re wondering). Use them as a base to stack decorative items or to break up rows of vertical books.

I like to keep a mix of topics—design, history, travel, art—and stack them horizontally to add height where needed. Bonus points if the spines bring in a pop of color or texture.
One of the easiest ways to avoid a monotonous look? Switch up how your books are placed. On my shelves, you’ll see some books standing upright and others laid flat in tidy stacks. This keeps your eye moving and adds visual rhythm to the overall design.
For longer shelves, I recommend using upright books toward one end and stacks at the other—or even centered—so you don’t fall into the trap of everything feeling too symmetrical or stiff.

Here’s a styling trick that makes a huge impact: vary the center of gravity (you can see how I did this in the above photo). Don’t center every shelf the same way. On one shelf, you might anchor with a larger item slightly left of center, and on the next, cluster things toward the right. This gives the whole unit a natural, collected feel—like it came together over time (even if it didn’t).
The rule of threes is popular for a reason—it just works. Our brains are naturally drawn to odd numbers. Try pairing a small vase with a sculptural object and a stack of books for an effortless vignette. Or use three different candlesticks at varying heights to add a vertical element. I love these ones that are battery powered and flicker!
You don’t need to be rigid—just aim for asymmetry with balance.

This is so key to avoiding a showroom feel. I love mixing thrifted treasures, family heirlooms, and modern pieces for contrast and charm. A vintage lamp next to a deep rich leather desk mat. A modern marble vase next to a piece of thrifted artwork. It’s all about that tension between eras.

On my shelves, I’ve layered vintage ships, marble bookends, and newer sculptural pieces with antique finds. This mix brings soul and storytelling into every corner.
Bookshelves are one of the most underrated spots to tell your story. That framed black-and-white family photo? Put it front and center. A meaningful souvenir from your travels? Display it like art. A small painting or framed letter? Lean it behind a stack of books for depth.
This is how you make your shelves feel like your home—not a Pinterest replica. If you need some help getting started you can find some of my favorite decor pieces here.

A truly beautiful shelf isn’t just about what you put on it—it’s also how you layer it. Use objects with different heights (tall candlesticks, low bowls), varied shapes (round vs angular), and contrasting textures (brass, wood, marble, linen).

In my shelves, you’ll notice how a spindly stem in a black vase softens the edges, while a glossy ceramic bowl catches the light. These moments of contrast help each item shine and prevent the shelves from feeling flat.

There’s no right or wrong way on how to style long bookshelves, and it isn’t about perfection. It’s about layering in meaning, beauty, and function until it feels just right. Trust your instincts. Edit as you go. And don’t be afraid to change it up with the seasons or your mood.
These are more than shelves—they’re your story on display.
If you loved these tips, be sure to pin this post or share it with a fellow design lover. And if you’re styling your own shelves, tag me on Instagram—I’d love to see how you bring your shelves to life!

read more
When I decided to makeover my primary bedroom last summer, I knew I wanted to go green—but not just any green. I was looking for that perfect moody, soft-but-rich, earthy green that felt calm and cozy without turning too cold. I swatched no less than 12 different greens and finally narrowed it down to five green paint colors I felt excited about.
My bedroom is north-facing, which means the light in there leans cool and can make colors feel a little icy if you’re not careful. I wanted a green that could hold its own and still feel warm even when the sun wasn’t shining directly in.
If you’re on the hunt for the perfect green for your bedroom, here are the top contenders I considered, complete with notes on undertones and which direction of light each one works best with. And spoiler alert: I have no regrets about the green I chose!
Undertones: Deep herbal green with gray and olive undertones
Best for: South- or west-facing rooms

Rosemary is such a beautiful, traditional green—think vintage botanical prints or the perfect English garden. It’s darker and more saturated than a typical sage and really comes to life in warm light. If your bedroom gets a lot of afternoon sun, this color will feel lush and dramatic without going too forest green. In cooler light, though, it can read a little muddy, so keep that in mind.
Undertones: Dusty green with sage and gray undertones
Best for: East-facing or balanced light

Dried Thyme is soft and serene, like a gentle sage with just enough depth to feel grown-up. It’s a great choice if you want something a little more subtle. Because of its slightly gray base, it adapts well to a variety of lighting conditions—but it really shines in morning light. In a north-facing room it can lean a bit too cool unless you bring in plenty of warm textures and lighting.
Undertones: Green-gray with a subtle warmth
Best for: East- or west-facing rooms

Don’t let the name fool you—French Grey reads green, especially in natural light. It’s one of those beautifully nuanced colors that shifts throughout the day. It feels soft and airy in the morning and slightly moodier in the evening. If you’re working with a room that gets softer side-light (like east or west), French Grey will add a gentle, timeless elegance without overwhelming the space.
Undertones: Muted green with gray and a whisper of blue
Best for: South- or east-facing rooms

This was the 2022 Color of the Year for a reason. Evergreen Fog is that perfect blend of sage, gray, and a hint of blue. It feels modern but grounded. In warmer light, it reads as a soft green-gray. In cooler light (like a north-facing room), the blue undertones become more pronounced, which wasn’t quite the vibe I wanted—but it’s still a gorgeous option if you’re going for a calm, spa-like feel.
Undertones: Green with brown-gray undertones
Best for: North-facing rooms

Treron was the clear winner for me. It’s an earthy, muted olive that somehow manages to feel both classic and moody at the same time. What really sold me is how beautifully it plays with the cooler light in my north-facing bedroom. Where some greens start to feel sterile or flat in low light, Treron keeps its warmth thanks to its brown undertones. No matter what time of day you walk into the room, it feels soft, grounded, and rich—not too cool, not too yellow. Just right.
If you’re trying to choose a green for your bedroom, my biggest advice is: test it in your own light and on multiple walls. What looks cozy and inviting on a paint chip or Pinterest board might feel totally different in your space depending on the direction of your windows, the time of day, and even what flooring and trim you have. Also I highly recommend the paint stickies by Samplize. They’re made with real paint and you can move them all over your room.


For me, Treron checked every box. It made my bedroom feel like a hug—warm, moody, and timeless. If you’re drawn to greens that feel earthy and elevated, I highly recommend giving it a swatch.
Let me know if you’ve used any of these in your own home—I love seeing how they show up in different spaces.
Designing Custom Trim in the Bedroom

read more
Every summer, this Healthy Black Bean Couscous Salad makes its way onto my table—especially around the Fourth of July. It’s hearty enough to eat as a main dish but shines as a flavorful summer side. It’s light, fresh, packed with protein and fiber, and it only gets better after a night in the fridge (aka the perfect make-ahead dish).
This easy summer salad recipe is also super customizable. It’s naturally vegetarian and can be made vegan, gluten-free, or dairy-free with a few simple swaps, making it the perfect crowd-pleaser for all your summer gatherings—cookouts, potlucks, pool parties, or just a casual lunch on the porch.




A fresh, easy, and crowd-pleasing recipe perfect for cookouts, BBQs, and backyard dinners this Healthy Black Bean Couscous Salad is always a hit. Don’t forget to pin it to have on hand for your next cookout or weeknight dinner!
Healthy Corn, Avocado, Tomato Salad

read more
Here’s a little-known fact about me: for the past seven years, I’ve been a landlord. So while I spend most of my time inspiring women to take on DIY projects in their own homes, I also have a unique perspective from the other side of the lease. And I’m here to tell you—yes, there are renter friendly DIY upgrades you can make, without risking your security deposit (or your landlord’s goodwill).
Below are some of the most impactful and reversible renter-friendly upgrades—plus exactly what to do before you move out, so you stay in the clear.
Changing cabinet knobs and pulls is one of the fastest ways to elevate a kitchen or bathroom. After all, cabinet hardware is the jewelry of the space, and something you use every day! Plus, think of this as an investment: you can take this with you when you move or buy your own place.
What to Do:
Pro Tip: Choose knobs or pulls in trending finishes like matte black or unlacquered brass.


Related: My Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation – Installing Soft Close Drawer Slides
Swapping a dated doorknob for something more elevated can give your space a more curated feel. As long as your new door hardware is the same size, this is a relatively easy DIY you can do on your own without the need of a handyman. Trust me, I was intimidated by this for years and after I tried, I laughed at myself for being so scared! I’m excited to update all of my doorknobs in my own house.
What to Do:

Some landlords are more flexible than others when it comes to paint. The key is to ask first and plan to share the color you want to use with your landlord. Keep in mind you’ll need to return it to the original color upon move out, or pay for the cost of having that room(s) repainted by a professional.
What to Do:
Related:
A dramatic pendant or sconce can completely transform a space—even in a rental. Plus this is another item you can take with you when you move out someday.



What to Do:
Related: Using Light Fixtures As Artwork
There are tons of removable wallpaper options that are actually removable—no glue, no damage. Additionally, depending on your relationship with your landlord, and his/her personal taste, you might even get approval for real wallpaper. If someone had asked me to do this in my rental I definitely would have considered it, pending we could have agreed on the paper.
I’ve rounded up nearly 100 peel & stick wallpaper options (that look expensive!) right here.



What to Do:
Related: How to Prepare Walls for Wallpaper
If your rental has a tiled area or concrete flooring, this could be a fun and easy upgrade. Peel-and-stick floor tiles or vinyl sheets can make a big impact. I actually installed these black and white checkered floor pops in my laundry room at my current house and I love them. They’re not meant to be permanent but they’re holding me over while I wait to redo the laundry room.

What to Do:
Curtains instantly make a room feel cozy and finished. Use no-drill curtain rod brackets or tension rods to skip the wall damage. Or if you want to hang curtain rods in the drywall, just be prepared to either leave the curtain rods behind or repair the drywall upon move out. Either way, draperies have a way of completely changing a space!


What to Do:
Related:
One of the easiest ways to boost curb appeal? Flowers! Even in rentals, potted plants on patios, balconies, or front steps go a long way.

What to Do:
Rather than drilling into walls, try Command Strips, picture rails, or leaning art on shelves or furniture.
What to Do:

Flank a window with two tall bookcases or place bookshelves around a bed to mimic built-ins—no drilling required.
Bonus Tip: Use wallpaper or fabric as a backdrop for even more visual interest.
Even if it feels tempting, steer clear of these common renter DIY mistakes:
Even if a project feels harmless, always check in with your landlord or property manager before making changes. A quick email with your proposed plan can save you major headaches later—and most landlords appreciate tenants who care enough to improve the space. Also remember there may be some PTSD from the tenants before you, so if you get a “no”, don’t take it personal. Chances are, it’s not.
With the right approach (and a little creativity), you don’t have to wait until you own a home to love where you live.
Landscape Wallpaper Murals for Every Budget
How to Prepare Walls for Wallpaper
A round-up of nearly 100 peel & stick wallpaper options!
Choosing & Installing Custom Draperies
Installing Motorized Shades in the Bedroom
How To Get Crisp Paint Lines (every time!)
Choosing The Right Paint Sheen
Using Light Fixtures As Artwork
My Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation – Installing Soft Close Drawer Slides

read more
Let’s talk curb appeal. Or more specifically—copper curb appeal. I recently installed these oversized copper lanterns on the exterior of my 90s brick colonial, and I cannot stop staring at them. Truly, every time I pull into the driveway, I feel like my house has leveled up in the most timeless, charming way. If you’re hunting for elegant outdoor lighting that plays well with warm tones, traditional architecture, and moody trim, let me introduce you to my new favorite fixtures.
These copper lanterns were love at first sight—but it wasn’t just a pretty face that sold me. I wanted something that would complement the darker, earthy brick of my colonial home, and these lights check all the boxes:
They also pair so beautifully with the Black Fox trim by Sherwin Williams that I painted last year. Black Fox is a dark, warm brownish-black that adds depth and contrast without going harsh. The copper against that dark trim? Pure magic. It creates a warm, moody palette that feels both elevated and cozy—basically everything I want my home to say.

Here’s a little designer rule of thumb when it comes to selecting outdoor lighting: go bigger than you think you need. Most people undersize their lanterns, especially around the front door. But large-scale fixtures are what give that custom, high-end look.
A good guideline is:
These Galena lanterns are generously sized, and that’s exactly what makes them look so intentional. They don’t just light the entrance—they frame it. It’s like giving your home its very own jewelry.


I’m always thinking about color harmony, and with this project, I wanted to stay true to my home’s naturally moody palette. The dark brick, deep Black Fox trim, and glowing copper lanterns all work together to create a layered, collected exterior that feels inviting and warm. This isn’t a bright-white-and-black farmhouse moment. This is a timeless colonial with charm.

If you’re renovating or refreshing your exterior, don’t overlook the power of great lighting. The right fixture doesn’t just add function—it adds ambiance, contrast, and architectural character. These copper lanterns did all of that and more.
Whether you’re updating a traditional colonial like mine or just craving a little glow-up (literally), consider going bold with oversized copper lighting. And always remember—when in doubt, size up!
Lanterns: Galena Lanterns in Copper Finish + the sealant I used to protect them
Trim Paint: Sherwin-Williams Black Fox
Wreath: similar

read more
The bathroom renovation hummed along this week and and I’m getting one step closer to finishing the custom wainscoting. This week it was all about the crown molding, as well as deciding on some of the remaining box sizes. I also dabbled in a little bit of electrical, which I’m quite proud of. Lets dive into the primary bathroom renovation week 8!
I’ve always been fascinated with crown molding and love the rich, traditional look of it, especially in houses with higher ceilings. My house has always perplexed me, as there’s crown molding in some of the rooms but not all of them (the entire second floor is missing it!). So this is a DIY skill I definitely wanted to learn, as I hope to make the house uniform eventually.
Eventually I plan to write a complete tutorial on how to install crown molding, but to keep it from taking over this entire blog post I’ll share the highlights. You need to measure crown molding upside down and backwards, and unless you’ve done it before be prepared to mess up a little bit before you get the hang of it.
Two things helped me keep my sanity and eventually perfect my cuts. First off was a cheat sheet that I carried with me from measuring my pieces in the bathroom to cutting in the garage on the saw. I’m dropping a photo of it here, but essentially there are four different kind of cuts. You need to identify your cut and then adjust the saw accordingly.

The second little helper was this crown molding Kreg Jig. I’ll be honest, I bought a cheaper version from another brand and I immediately regretted it. Spend the $45 on this jig if you’re doing crown molding. It will save you in the materials in the long run. It allows you to hold your crown molding at the right angle while you make your cuts, which allows things to fit more precisely. If you’d like to see everything in action I’ve put together a short YouTube video linked below which walks you through it.


I had a couple larger decisions to make (pun intended) and those were how many boxes to make on my two large walls. For the bathtub wall I decided three boxes was the perfect amount. Four would have been too narrow and two would have been too large.
I also switched directions on the vanity wall and instead of two boxes I opted for one larger box. After having the new countertop installed, I decided I everything that happens on this wall needs to compliment it, not compete with it. After seeing the single large box, I think I made the right decision. I’m really loving how all of the woodwork is looking and am so proud of it! If you like this design, I’ve saved all the wood and profiles I’m using here.


The second DIY I ever taught myself how to do was changing out a light fixture. It was in 2012 and I was so proud of it. However, there’s something about light switches and outlets that have completely scared me, and I’ve never messed with them. This past week push came to shove because my electrician suddenly retired (after rescheduling three different times) so I decided I was going to finally teach myself how to do this job.
Turns out, there was nothing to be afraid of. I needed to move the light switch to allow room for the rest of the wainscoting on the wall adjacent to the door. Luckily, I knew this light switch had the wiring coming from the ceiling vs the floor, which meant I would have enough slack to move it up. That’s an important thing to note if you’re thinking about doing this. Keep in mind you may be beholden to how much wire you have to work with.



After pulling the light switch out and disconnecting everything, I used my oscillating tool to cut a new hole in the dry wall. I fed the wires back through and hooked up my new light switch, which was as simple as matching the wires to the corresponding screws and making sure everything was tight. It was so much easier than I thought and I’ll never hire out for this job again! I used another switch from Buster + Punch and they do not disappoint. There is something about flipping that toggle!
To start, I’ll preface that I’m clearly not going to finish the One Room Challenge this week (which is reveal week). At first I was a little disappointed with myself for missing the deadline, but I also need to be honest with myself. I’m one person and I don’t know how to do most of what this bathroom project required. So I’m going a bit slower, but I’m enjoying learning new skills. And I’m definitely enjoying seeing my vision come to life! All that to say, we will finish when we finish, and in the meantime, I’ll keep pumping out updates for you to enjoy!
With that said, this week the new faucets are getting installed! This is not something I’m ready to DIY yet, so my plumber is coming to hook these up for me. I decided to go with the Kohler Artifacts Collection in polished nickel and I could not be more excited about these. This faucet with these knobs are going to be incredible in the space! They were a bit more than I wanted to spend, but since I’m saving so much money by doing the work in this space myself, I decided to go ahead and splurge on the jewelry for my vanity. If these catch your eye but miss your budget, I’ve rounded up some similar looks at all price points here.
I have a small amount of trim work to complete and then we’ll be done with woodworking! In addition to the fancy crown molding return, I need to figure out a solution for the backband trim next to the countertop. Lastly, and I promise I’m serious this time, I WILL PICK A PAINT COLOR! I shared last week that I ordered some more paint samples but this time from Samplize. They’re peel and stick, and are made with real paint. They just arrived and I’m excited to show you the colors and then get to sticking them on the walls. I’m looking forward to continuing the progress on the primary bathroom and truly appreciate you following along with me as I navigate this renovation. Stay tuned, as there’s lots more to come!




Visit the One Room Challenge page to follow along with our DIY and designer community! You’ll find everything from small to large projects, at all skill levels.
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 1
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 2
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 3
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 4
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 5
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 6 & 7

read more
I think there are two types of people when it comes to design: those that have a design in their head and those that need to sketch everything out in advance. I’m of the former type, not the latter. In fact the main reason I create mood boards is to showcase my vision to all of you! With all that said, there is always part of me that’s a little nervous about tackling a new room and then there’s a moment of relief when I see it start to take shape in real life. It’s this moment where I think “okay the reality is matching the vision.” That moment for the primary bathroom renovation was these past two weeks, because I finally started to create the boxes on my custom wainscoting project. Plus my new marble countertop was installed!
I plan to create a dedicated blog post with the measurements, plans and materials for my wainscoting design in the future, but for now, I want to go ahead and share the progress. Last week I started to place the 3.5″ horizontal boards, which means this week it was time to install the 2.5″ vertical boards (and make the actual boxes!).
Since there was plenty of math already happening with the horizontal board placement, I decided to keep things simple for myself and start my vertical boards on walls where I didn’t need to make any decisions about the number of boxes. A small space = one box. This gave me a little bit of momentum, because I was able to see the boxes come to life and I was eager to keep going.

The tricky part was when I got to the corners of my walls. Ideally you’d bevel your boards (just like you do for baseboards, crown molding, chair rail, etc) but I don’t have a table saw and I also don’t have the budget to buy one right now. So instead, I chose to butt my boards up against one another. For inside corners I extended each board about 0.75” from the corner until they were just barely touching. For outside corners I extended one of the boards 0.75” so it was flush with the adjacent board. It’s hard to explain but hopefully these pictures help a little. I’ll caulk the seams and you’ll never know the difference!
After I had some boxes, I installed picture frame molding on the inside of each box. This is now my third time working with picture frame molding, so I felt confident with this part of the job and really hummed along!

Another big decision was the wall next to the shower. I had to decide if I wanted to keep the tile border, or if I wanted to risk removing it (and finding a surprise!) in hopes of making a cohesive look. I’ll always roll the dice when good design is on the line, so I got to chiseling and luckily there were no surprises. The finished look is to die for!

The most exciting update to share is the installation of my new Calacatta Fiorto marble countertops. I’m in love with the veining, the colors and how much personality it’s bringing to the room already.
I was waiting for the countertop to be installed before doing any custom trim on the walls near the vanity, so now that we’re past that, I’ll get to work designing, cutting and installing.



Don’t worry, there is plenty more in store for this bathroom makeover. I’ll be installing the crown molding which will really finish off the custom trim. I also need to figure out how many boxes to make on the wall behind the bathtub. Either 3 or 4, I’m not sure yet.

Something I’m dying to figure out is the paint color for the room. While my initial choice was Mouse’s Back by Farrow & Ball, I’m a little worried it will end up being too dark. I’ve ordered several more samples from Samplize (including some F&B archive colors!) and can’t wait to add them into the mix. If you’ve never heard of Samplize before they’re giant paint swatches made with real paint, and stick right to the wall so you can envision the paint in different light (without painting!). Check them out here (ps – ALLISON10 gets you 10% off!)

Lastly I need to pick a faucet out. I’ve never mixed metals before but am ready to take the plunge for this design. I already have some brass incorporated throughout the design (the light fixtures, the knobs and the toggle light switches) so I feel like a polished nickel would look best. Again, I may wait until the counters are here before I click add to cart, but so far, these are my contenders.

Visit the One Room Challenge page to follow along with our DIY and designer community! You’ll find everything from small to large projects, at all skill levels.
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 1
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 2
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 3
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 4
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 5

read more
Technically, from a calendar perspective, this is the bathroom renovation halfway point. But from an actual implementation standpoint maybe not so much. However, progress is progress, so I’m happy to share what I accomplished over this past week, as well as what I learned. I taught myself a crash course in how to skim coat walls, received some exciting deliveries and started mapping out the wainscoting for the walls.
I shared last week about doing some drywall patching on the main wall above the vanity, and it was wash, rinse and repeat after getting all the electrical switches consolidated. Here’s another look at that new brass toggle switch plate in case you missed it.

The next thing I wanted to tackle was smoothing out some of the bumps and lumps on my other walls that the orbital sander couldn’t take care of. These were due to a combination of some bad tape jobs as well as spackle that was not previously sanded down before being painted over. I had never skim coated an entire wall before, so this was a first, and there was a learning curve.
When getting ready to skim coat, the first thing you want to do is to tape off all your floors and any other big objects you’ll be working around. The joint compound will go everywhere! Next you’ll want to get your joint compound mixed up. I chose this joint compound and scooped out several scoops into a bucket, and then using my drill and a mixing wand, I added water and mixed just like you’d mix cake batter. You want the consistency to look like yogurt in the end, so just add a little bit of water at a time until it looks like yogurt.
Next is applying the compound to the walls. Similar to painting walls, you’ll use a paint roller and paint skin with a 3/8″ nap to apply the joint compound. I added this grid to my bucket, which ensured I didn’t have too much on my roller, and then rolled it onto the wall. What’s different about this vs painting is you can go any direction you need to: vertical, horizontal, diagonal – you just want a thick and even coverage.



Note that this phase is going to make you question what you’re doing because it looks like you’re adding texture to your walls, not removing it! Work in small sections because you don’t want the joint compound to dry before you get a chance to smooth it out.
After it’s applied, you’ll use the blade of your choice (usually either a 12-inch blade or smaller) and gently glide it across the wall, leaving a smooth finish. You’ll likely have some small lines, but don’t obsess over these. They can be smoothed out during sanding and if you try to smooth them out during this phase of the process you’ll make things worse not better. I found that going horizontally was easier for some reason than vertically, but again, this was my first time doing this so I’m sure it gets easier with more practice.
Allow the compound to dry for 24 hours and then you’ll be ready to sand. I used a piece of sand paper vs my orbital sander, because I wanted to make sure I wasn’t taking too much off, especially with this being my first time doing this.
I’ll be honest, I did not like skim coating at all, and I think this was largely due to the fact that the two walls I skim coated were uneven in the first place. I figured this out after the fact of course. While these two walls were in rough shape, the process made me step back and assess if I really needed to do every single wall in the bathroom and the answer is NO.
Instead, I went through and spackled holes and cracks where necessary and I think the primer will help to smooth out any smaller discrepancies with texture. While the ceiling could definitely use a skim coat, I’m going to save this for when I do the next phase of the bathroom (involving the shower, as I’ll need to make some changes to lighting and this will be most efficient to do all at once.
It always helps to balance out the not so fun parts with some deliveries, so I was excited to receive my new light fixtures this week! I’ve been a long-time fan of Visual Comfort (that’s the brand that did my bubble chandelier in the dining room) so I was excited to find a way to incorporate them into the bathroom. These double brass sconces are the perfect warm brass and I love the little X detail on the posts. Topped with frosted glass shades I think these are going to add so much warmth to my vanity area. I cannot wait to get them up!

The final measurements for the new marble countertops also took place and installation should be in the next two to three weeks, which will be right on time! I’m starting to explore what I want for a faucet and I’m leaning towards this pretty one as my front runner.
Also arriving this week was 594 pounds of woodwork!!! I’m partnering with Novo Building Products for this project and they’ve generously supplied everything I need for my custom wainscoting. I’ll be adding crown molding, new baseboards, a chair rail, wainscoting and then picture frame molding inside the wainscoting for an elevated look.

You probably got the hint from the above, but the next step will be adding the wainscoting to the walls! I’m really excited for this, because we’ll finally start to see the transformation take shape. While I’ve added custom trim in both the dining room and primary bedroom so far, this design will be a little bit different. I’m excited to push my DIY skills and have a finished result that adds so much dimension to the space.
Stay tuned on socials over the next week to see the entire process unfold. I’ll also be sharing my vision for phase 2 of the primary bathroom renovation, as it will impact the trim design and installation. I’m excited to share more with you soon! And if you haven’t already, make sure to visit the One Room Challenge page where you can follow along with dozens of talented designers that span across every type of project and style you could imagine.

Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 1
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 2
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 3

read more
The primary bathroom renovation is officially underway! There’s a phase in every renovation where things look really ugly and you make a substantial mess of your space. You might even wonder what you were thinking in the first place. This was that moment for me, but I was truly so excited to finally get started on this project that I embraced the chaos. Here’s what went down.
A big part of the primary bathroom renovation is adding a lot of custom trim, and I seriously cannot wait. But before we get to that part, the walls need to be properly prepped. Similar to what I did in the first few weeks of my kitchen renovation last year, I needed to wash everything down, dry it off and then sand. While this is never the fun part, your painting job is only as good as your prep job. Remember that! So, it’s a necessary evil.

As suspected, no amount of sanding was going to fix my first ever drywall job which is smack dab in the middle of the vanity wall. But really, I was ready for my moment of redemption. I used my oscillating tool to cut out the existing drywall and it gave me the perfect even cuts. This was my second time using this tool, but my first time using it for drywall (you can read about how I used it to remove my glass tile backsplash in the kitchen here).
After the drywall was cut out, I was ready to patch. I was lucky enough to have a stud on one side of each hole I created, so to make sure the new patches were properly secured, I drilled a piece of scrap wood on the backside of the hole by drilling through the front of the existing drywall. This gave me a proper anchor on both sides to drill the drywall patch into. From there it was taping, mudding, sanding, mudding and more sanding. The end result is super smooth and I’m honestly relieved I made it better and not worse!



I gave the rest of the walls a good sanding with my orbital sander, using a 120-grit paper, and was able to get most of the bumps smoothed out. The bathroom used to have wallpaper, but the previous owners decided to paint over it. Because of this, you can see wallpaper seams. I’m going to try my hand at skim coating all the walls and the ceiling in hopes that I finally get the smooth finish I’m aiming for. Look out for more of that in next week’s post!
Something that has bothered me for years is this eyesore of an electrical job on my vanity wall. It’s felt like a hostile takeover of plastic covers, with one of the switches going to a jacuzzi garden tub that doesn’t even exist anymore!


While this was a spend, I hired an electrician to remove the defunct wiring, and consolidate everything else into a four gang plate. I centered everything in the wall to account for the new wainscoting I’ll be adding, and ordered a beautiful new switch plate from Buster & Punch. This was a bit expensive, but it’s something I have to see and touch every day (multiple times a day) so to me, it’s worth it.
In last week’s post I shared the mood board and my vision for the primary bathroom renovation. I want it to feel warm and inviting, and like an actual room you want to spend time in. Part of my design includes updating the countertops and as I was ordering paint samples, I realized that the countertops are going to really dictate what paint color I ultimately pick out. That, along with the pending tariffs, ignited some urgency to start hunting for a new countertop, so after a little bit of online digging, I headed to a local fabricator here in Nashville and asked if I could see the remnant yard.

In all honesty I really had my heart set on finding Calacatta Viola Marble, but with a pleasant surprise, I stumbled upon a piece of Calacatta Fiorito Marble that was the perfect size for my vanity. It has all kinds of subtle tones in the marbling: some reds, greens, beiges / gold and charcoal, with a warm white base. I am in love.

If you’re updating a smaller space like a bathroom vanity, a laundry room counter, or even want something different for a kitchen island, looking in the remnant yard is a great way to save on budget. For comparison, you can expect a slab of Calacatta Fiorito Marble to range between $10k-$15k and that’s for the material alone. By utilizing a remnant piece, my quote is coming in at $2800 and that includes the material itself, two sinks, removal of my existing countertop, a six inch backsplash, a three inch miter on the front and sides (this will make it look thicker), as well as installation.
I’ll be sure to share the templating and installation process, but similar to shopping at estate sales and online retail consignment stores, shopping used (or in this case discarded) really allows you to level up your design.
Expect this next week to be a busy one! I have more drywalling to do (around where the old light switches were) and then it will be time to skim coat and prime the entire room. I decided to invest in a wall sander (I ordered this one) so I’m excited and hopeful it will make the job a little easier and maybe less messy. I’ll report back on both.
The woodwork will arrive this week, so I plan on drawing out a more detailed version of the mock-up I created in canva (below). I think the custom wainscoting is going to look so rich in this space! I’m really excited to get started!

I have lots more exciting shipments coming in this week including lighting, hardware and mirrors, and the paint samples have also arrived! Keep an eye on stories to see all the fun un-boxings (it’s one of my favorite things to do!).

Stay tuned for much more over the next 6 weeks! And make sure to visit the One Room Challenge page where you can follow along with dozens of talented designers that span across every type of project and style you could imagine. This community we’ve fostered is what the One Room Challenge is all about!

Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 1
Spring 2025 One Room Challenge Week 2

read more
It’s week two of the Spring One Room Challenge and I can say without a doubt, this is my favorite week other than the reveal week! Why? Because it’s design week! I’m so excited to share the primary bathroom design plans with you today.
Someone commented last week that the primary bathroom has “great bones.” I smiled and thought to myself “yes it does, because I’ve already renovated it once.” If you need a refresher, you can catch up on what the bathroom looked like when I bought the house in 2018 here, and you can read more about why I’m giving it a second go here. Now that we have that out of the way, let’s get to the fun stuff…
This is phase one of two for this renovation, and I’m happy to share many elements are staying intact. I’ll be keeping the black and white checkered floors, as well as the striped wallpaper in the toilet room. I’ll also be keeping the black vanity, although TBD if it stays black, or if I flip it to a wood tone like I did with my dining room table a couple years ago. For now, the tub is staying where it is, but that will change in phase two of this renovation.

The sconce lights, mirrors, vanity hardware, faucets, counters, baseboards, venetian blinds and black trim will all be finding new homes. I’ll also be cleaning up the outdated electrical switches (one light switch goes to a garden tub that doesn’t exist anymore!) and replacing everything with a four gang customized version of this. If I must have everything in the center of a wall, it’s at least going to be pretty!

I teased last week that I’d be adding lots of wall moldings in this room, and I wasn’t kidding. I’m no stranger to picture frame molding – I’ve done it twice now (dining room + bedroom) – but I knew I wanted the primary bathroom to have its own special flair.
After pinning lots of inspiration photos on Pinterest, I found exactly what I was looking for and I haven’t stopped thinking about it ever since! What you’re looking at is full height wainscoting, with a chair rail, crown molding and baseboards on top. This creates an extra level of dimension and depth, and I know it’s going to make the bathroom feel incredibly elevated.

The vanity will be the main focal point of this project, and I’m really excited with how it’s shaping up. These pretty sconces by Visual Comfort will add a touch of elegance and charm to the space (I just love the shades!) and I’ll make the wall more functional by adding taller mirrors. I was looking at this one by McGee & Co but couldn’t stomach the price point. I found this one from Birch Lane that is nearly identical, and I think will work perfect!
One thing I’ll be tackling this week is researching costs for a new countertop. Recently I ordered this pretty little tray in Calcutta Viola Marble and it’s so beautiful I can’t stop looking at it. Shortly thereafter I ordered a lamp for my kitchen in Calcutta Viola Marble, and I guess we have a bit of an obsession on our hands, because this is what I want for my countertops! I’ll be visiting a few different spots around Nashville I’ve been researching and am hoping I’ll be able to find what I want.


The hardware on the vanity will also be getting swapped out. I found these beautiful knobs and matching backplates from San Diego Hardware Company, and I’m so excited to get everything updated. They’re going to add such a level of sophistication to the space!
A few things on the mood board are still a bit up in the air, and I think all of this will depend on what the counters end up looking like. The first is a wall color. I’m leaning towards a warm brown or taupe for this space, but I don’t want to go too dark. I ordered four samples from Farrow & Ball: Jitney, Mouse’s Back, Charleston Gray and Light Gray. I also ordered a pot of Preference Red to test out on the toilet room trim.
A big thing I’m struggling with is the faucet finishes. I think mixing brass from too many sources starts to get a bit tricky and I already have three different ones (sconces, light switches and vanity hardware). I’m partially tempted to mix metal finishes and go with a polished nickel for the faucets but I’m not quite there yet. In the meantime, I’ve been having heart eyes for these ones from the Kohler Artifacts Collection. If you have an opinion on mixing metals, I’d love to hear it!
And finally will be the window treatments. I think either a roman shade or café curtains could both work in this space, but this will likely be the very last design decision I’ll make and I’ll go with whatever will compliment the other bigger elements I decide on.
Now the work begins! As I wait for my lumber to arrive there are a few things I can work on. First I’ll start smoothing out some of the bumps in the walls with some drywall patching, mudding and a lot of sanding.
I’ll also draw out the dimensions for my wall moldings. I have a rough sketch of this, but I’d like to get everything dialed in more precisely. The sketches will also include plans for phase two of this renovation which includes the shower area. Maybe just for fun I’ll give you a little peak of what I’m thinking next week!
Lastly, I’ll be heading to Lowe’s to purchase a new miter saw. I already own one, but with the crown molding and thicker baseboards, I’ll need one that is a sliding compound miter saw (meaning I can slide the saw out and in for deeper cuts). The goal is to be ready to go when the lumber arrives so I can maximize my weekend days!
Stay tuned for much more over the next 7 weeks! And make sure to visit the One Room Challenge page where you can follow along with dozens of talented designers that span across every type of project and style you could imagine. The creativity and ambition are contagious!
Related:
Adding Picture Frame Molding in the Dining Room
Designing Custom Trim in the Primary Bedroom

read more
As the seasons change, there’s nothing quite like the fresh start that spring brings. It’s the perfect time for a spring home refresh by decluttering, deep cleaning, organizing, and updating your decor. If you’re ready to embrace a lighter, brighter space, here’s how I’m preparing my home for the season—along with some easy ways you can do the same!
A seasonal refresh doesn’t have to mean a complete overhaul. Thoughtful touches like fresh florals, scented candles, and updated bedding can transform your space and bring in the essence of spring.
1. Spring Florals: A Simple Yet Stunning Update
Nothing says spring like beautiful blooms! While I love fresh flowers, I also like to sprinkle faux florals throughout my home to keep things looking lively year-round. Two of my absolute favorites are my white gardenias displayed in a vintage champagne bucket and my limelight hydrangeas arranged in a vintage urn I found at an estate sale. These pieces add a timeless, romantic touch to my decor while requiring zero maintenance.
Whether you opt for fresh or faux, placing florals in unexpected spots—like the bathroom vanity, bedside table, or kitchen island—can instantly brighten a space and bring a hint of spring indoors.


2. Candles with a Spring Scent
Scent plays a huge role in setting the mood of a home, and spring calls for fresh, airy fragrances. My go-to candles for the season are from Votivo—specifically Honeysuckle and White Tea & Bergamot. These scents strike the perfect balance of floral and citrusy freshness, creating a light and inviting atmosphere. Whether you place them in your entryway, living room, or bedroom, they provide an instant seasonal uplift.

3. Fresh Bedding for a Crisp New Start
One of the easiest ways to refresh your bedroom is by updating your bedding. I recently swapped mine out for Boll & Branch’s Dream Blanket in White and the Signature Hemmed Sheet Set in White Textured Stripe—both of which feel as luxurious as they look. The breathable, organic cotton keeps things cool and comfortable, making it perfect for the warmer months ahead. Plus, there’s nothing better than slipping into crisp, fresh sheets at the end of the day! Ps – you can always use my Boll & Branch code: ALLISONSKIFF for 15% off your entire order!


4. Spring Home Refresh by Simplifying
Sometimes you don’t even need to add anything new, but rather you can just take some things away for a new look. For right now, I’m going for a lighter look in the dining room and to be quite honest, it feels light and refreshing!


A clean home is a happy home, and spring is the perfect time for a deep clean. If you need inspiration, check out my previous blog post on cute cleaning supplies as well as my favorite home organizers. All of these make my home more functional and enjoyable.
Lastly, spend some time decluttering, donating and even reselling. I love to list clothing on Poshmark, or if it’s a bigger brand I’ll cosign with ThredUp or TheRealReal. Facebook MarketPlace is my go-to for selling furniture and home décor. It’s a little extra work but it’s usually worth it especially when you’re trying to stretch your budget.

Spring is all about fresh starts, and by decluttering, organizing, and incorporating a few seasonal updates, you can create a home that feels renewed and inviting. Whether you’re adding florals, swapping out your bedding, or deep-cleaning your space, these small changes can make a big impact.
Are you refreshing your home for spring? Let me know your favorite seasonal swaps in the comments below!

read more
This may come as no surprise to you, but I’m one of those people that finds complete joy in organizing and tidying up my spaces. I feel like when my home is clutter free, my mind is clutter free too. Can you relate? These cold winter months are my favorite time of year to declutter, reorganize and revamp my systems. Today I wanted to share a few tried and true home organizing mvp’s that have truly improved my home and how I live in it. My hope is that one of them might help you too!
This may look unnecessary but I promise it’s a game changer. Rather than moving your bottles all around to get to one in the back, they’re now easily accessible at once. You can customize this water bottle organizer based on your cabinet / shelf size. For my needs, I used two of these water bottle organizers stacked on top of one another and left room on the side for bottles like my Stanley mugs that have handles. This is smart organization at it’s finest!

I use a lot of spices when I cook, and up until recently I had a spice carousel. It worked great, but from a storage perspective it wasn’t the best option for my kitchen. I recently bought these spice jars and have them organized in a drawer for much easier access. This tiered shelf keeps things visible and tidy, and the spice jars come with different labels to choose from depending on your aesthetic. If you have a drawer available and you use a lot of spices, I highly recommend making the switch!

There’s a lot of different versions of baggie holders on the market, but I opted for these ones because they stack individually. My drawers are a bit more narrow, so this option worked perfect for the 4 types of bags I always have on hand. Additionally, they fit my reusable food bags, which I’ve been loving lately as I try to transition away from traditional plastic.

I always say design is in the details. I loved adding this green marble tray to my kitchen sink area to corral my soap, lotion and cute dish scrubber. I store a more unsightly yellow scrub brush on the side wall of my sink with this metal caddy that has suction cups. That way the pretty stuff is on the display and the other stuff not so much (but is still accessible).

Is this an organizer? Technically no, but it makes my kitchen more functional and makes my bananas last longer so I’m including it here for you! This brass banana hook has an adhesive strip that allows you to adhere it to underneath your cabinets. When not in use, there’s a magnet so it easily flips up and is out of sight when you don’t have bananas. Since using this, my bananas have lasted longer and have stayed fresher!

Whether it’s for serving spoons or every day cutlery, drawer organizers in the kitchen are a must. I have this one for my every day silverware, and then this larger one for special cake servers, gadgets like can openers, etc. I’m never rooting around the drawers when I need something, and they adjust to fit your drawer size.

If you have deep cabinets, especially ones where you’re storing lots of pots and pans, this one’s for you. Invest in a pull out drawer for yourself so you can easily pull everything out at once instead of “pulling everything out at once.” These come in all different widths and depths and are soft close!

I’ll admit, I still cannot fold a fitted sheet, and at this point, I don’t know if I’ll ever learn. These sheet organizers keep things looking polished by keeping your sheet sets tightly zipped inside these beautiful linen organizers. They have pretty leather handles which make them look extra elevated, and you can either stack them on top of each other or line them up vertically. They also have windows so you can see your sheets, or if you like, you can also use the included label to personalize each one.

A few years ago I went to grab my first sweater for the fall season, only to find it had been shredded by moths. Ever since then, I box my sweaters up each spring until I’m ready to wear them again. This year I’m investing in these new fabric boxes. I toss in a few rosemary moth repellant pods and voila!

Not just for purses, these plastic shelf dividers keep your piles and purses tidy and upright. They fit most standard shelves, and since they’re clear, you won’t even notice them working in the background.

Keep your belts and scarves tidy with this little belt caddy that valets in/out. I have mine on the side of my closet cabinet and I love that it allows my belts to hang straight so they don’t become all curled. It’s easy to install and will make your closet feel fancier!

Are you guilty of having all your batteries in one drawer, loose and rolling around? I used to corral mine in a little clay jar, but I never knew how many of each kind I had, or if I was out of a certain type. This battery organizer keeps batteries tidy and allows you to see everything you have on hand. Bonus points for the built in charger that comes with it.

Over the past year I’ve been collecting a lot of vintage ornaments (you can see last year’s tree here), but they were all in a giant plastic bin. I know, shame on me! This year, after a lot of research, I decided to order two of these ornament storage boxes and was so impressed with them! They have individual boxes with handles, so you can easily pull out (and put away) ornaments in a more simplified way. These made taking my tree down a breeze this year, and I’m pretty excited that I’ll be able to see my entire collection later this year when it comes time to put the tree up again.

I think everyone has their own system when it comes to make-up, but for me, I like to have everything in a drawer vs on the counter. I’ve found these clear stackable bins help organize my make-up by type, and I can change my system up as I need to. Again, I can always find what I’m looking for thanks to these little helpers.


read more
Color drenching has been making waves in the interior design world, and for good reason. This bold, immersive technique—where walls, ceilings, trim, and even furniture are painted in the same hue—creates a cohesive, dramatic, and deeply atmospheric look. But despite its growing popularity, many people hesitate to try it, often due to common misconceptions.
Let’s set the record straight by debunking some myths about color drenching and I’ll share some expert tips to help you pull it off beautifully in your own home.
Reality: While it’s true that darker colors can absorb light, making a room feel more intimate, this doesn’t mean it will feel cramped. In fact, color drenching blurs the visual boundaries of a room, making walls and ceilings blend seamlessly. This trick eliminates harsh contrasts and creates the illusion of depth, often making a space feel larger and more expansive.
Tip: If you’re worried about the room feeling too enclosed, opt for a mid-tone or earthy shade rather than an ultra-dark hue. Soft greens, warm taupes, or dusky blues can add depth while still feeling airy.


Reality: While deep, moody shades are often associated with color drenching, this technique works just as well with lighter colors. In fact, you’ve probably already done it…do you have an all white space? I’m sharing my entry way as an example below. If you’re ready to take the next step, muted pastels, soft creams, and warm neutrals can create a serene, enveloping effect without feeling heavy. The key is to choose a color with enough depth to create impact.
Tip: If you love neutrals but want a sophisticated, layered look, try a warm beige, greige, or muted blush. Painting walls, trim, and even built-ins in the same tone can create a rich and elegant space without overpowering it.

Reality: This technique is actually a secret weapon for smaller spaces! When a single color is used throughout, it eliminates visual breaks, making the room feel more cohesive and expansive. Color drenching can be especially effective in awkwardly shaped rooms or spaces with low ceilings because it minimizes visual contrast, reducing the emphasis on irregularities.
Tip: If you’re working with a small space, choose a color with a slight sheen for added light reflection. Satin or eggshell finishes can help bounce light around, keeping the space from feeling too heavy.
Reality: While the idea of color drenching is to create an immersive effect, that doesn’t mean every surface needs to be identical in tone. Playing with different finishes—like a matte wall and a satin trim—adds subtle contrast while maintaining a cohesive feel. You can also layer slightly varied shades of the same color for added depth and interest.
Tip: If you’re hesitant about committing to full color drenching, start with the walls and trim in the same color but in different sheens. Or try painting built-ins and doors to match the walls, leaving the ceiling neutral for balance. Not sure which sheen to use? Check out my guide on paint sheens here.

Reality: While color drenching can feel modern, it works beautifully in classic and traditional interiors, too. In historic homes, painting walls, trim, and moldings in one cohesive color can highlight architectural details rather than break them up. It also brings a fresh, updated feel while maintaining a sense of timelessness.
Tip: If you have a traditional home, lean into deep, rich hues like moss green, oxblood, or deep navy to enhance classic details. For a softer approach, warm neutrals or muted pastels can achieve a more understated elegance.

Color drenching is an incredible way to transform a space, whether you’re going for moody drama or soft sophistication. By understanding the technique—and embracing a little bravery—you can create a space that feels layered, intentional, and beautifully cohesive.


Thinking about trying it in your own home? Start with a small space, like a powder room or an entryway, and see how the magic unfolds. You might just fall in love with the immersive power of color!
Would you ever try color drenching in your home? Let me know in the comments, and if you need help choosing the perfect shade, I’m here to help! Have your shade already but new to painting? Check out my favorite painting supplies here!

read more
Have you ever seen the movie The Holiday? It’s that one where Kate Winslet and Cameron Diaz switch houses over the holidays, trying to escape from the reality of their love lives falling apart. There’s this one moment in the movie where Kate Winslet enters Cameron Diaz’s bedroom for the first time, and she notices a button on the side of the nightstand. She presses it and the shades automatically glide down in synchronized motion. I remember the first time I saw this and how I thought it was the coolest thing ever. And of course, I automatically dreamed one day I could have the same thing. Well fast forward to the present day and the dream is becoming reality. Recently, thanks to Rolli Shades, I installed my own set of motorized shades in the bedroom and I’m just as giddy as the first time I watched The Holiday. And today, I’m going to tell you all about them!

The first step in the process was deciding on a shade type and color. Rolli Shades offers two options: black out (suggested for sleeping) or light filtering (for privacy). Since these were going in my bedroom, this was an easy decision, and I chose the blackout.
The second step was choosing a shade color, and this was a bit more difficult for me. Recently I color drenched my primary bedroom in a dark green that reads warm and I also installed these camel colored velvet drapes on the windows. The drapes are staying put – I just won’t have to open and close them each day now. So, I wanted to pick a color that would work with the drapes, the wall color and read warm.
I ordered a bunch of samples from Rolli and narrowed it down to four choices: Truffle, Slate, Baltic and Pepper. While Slate was the closest match to the walls themselves, I was worried it was reading a little cool, so I opted for Truffle.

The next step was measuring my windows for my custom shades. Just like anything you measure, it’s best to measure more than once to ensure you get the most accurate numbers. Last year I invested in this tape measure that has the fractions listed out, which in my opinion, makes measuring a bit easier.
First was the inside of my windows, measuring from inside the casing, side to side. The second was measuring from top to bottom. I decided to measure both windows just to be safe, as my house is 37 years old, and I didn’t want to assume everything is equal.
After I sent my measurements into Rolli, the turn-around time was surprisingly quick. I had my custom shades inside of a week, which I was super impressed with! The shades arrived with everything I needed to install and included my coveted remote (I could not wait to press the button!).
So, here’s the best part of this entire process: installing these rolling shades went faster than installing my draperies. Seriously it was so easy. Rolli included a link to the installation instructions (there’s also a video if you’d rather go that route) and it couldn’t have been easier. The instructions walk you through pairing your shades with the remote, then you install the brackets on your window casing, and then you set the shade start and stop points. Literally I was done inside of 30 minutes and without any hiccups!

I can’t explain how excited I was to press the down button on these motorized shades for the first time. I felt like a kid at Christmas and the entire experience gave me all The Holiday vibes. After sleeping with these shades for several weeks now, I can share that it’s a true blackout experience just like my drapes were. And waking up in the morning has never been so exciting! I roll over, press the button and watch my new motorized shades roll up in sync!


If you’re thinking about installing motorized shades I couldn’t recommend Rolli Shades enough. You can learn more about them here, and you can also use the code ALLISONSKIFF to get 5% off your entire order. Let me know if you have any questions!

read more
Who says toilets can’t be pretty? The truth is, I’ve always hated the toilets in my home. I think there’s something about knowing they were here long before me, and no matter how much I cleaned, I couldn’t shake that. However, I’m not one to go ripping toilets out just to rip toilets out. So when the toilet in my powder room started acting up, I took that as an excuse to finally get a new toilet. But I didn’t want just any toilet, I wanted a pretty toilet. Such a thing exists right? (Spoiler it does) In case you find yourself in a similar position, today I’m rounding up six pretty toilets for you to consider, including the one I picked for my powder room. Form, meet function.

I think it’s the sleek clean base for me on the Benbrook that catches my eye. If you’ve ever cleaned your bathroom you know how annoying it is to wipe down all the nooks and crevices. This toilet looks sleek but not too modern. Bonus points for the pretty gold handle! Shop the Benbrook here.

Kohler really gets it right with their toilets and the Kathryn toilet is one of the prettiest ones to choose from. I love the more boxy style and can we talk about that handle? It comes in a few different finishes as well. This one is a bit pricier, but ideally you’re not out buying toilets every day, so consider it an investment! Shop the Kathryn here.
You can see a theme for me right? Rectangular top and cute handle? The Miseno has all of this, but it also has a much friendlier price point. It’s high efficiency, ADA-height and comes with everything you need for install. Shop the Miseno High Efficiency Toilet here.

I love how the base of this one is blocky and goes almost straight back to the wall. Again, easy cleaning, a streamlined look, but the pretty trimming on the top lid and the front base keeps things feeling classic and not like a spaceship! We do not want to lift off while using the toilet, am I right?! Shop the American Standard Town Square Toilet here.

Definitely on the pricier side but there’s a reason for that – the Key West Toilet uses 20% less water than standard toilets. It’s also has a skirted bowl with a concealed trap way and comes with a slow-closing seat that keeps things quiet (ahem, fellas, I’m looking at you). What caught my eye initially with this toilet is the rounded tank lid. It has a vintage feel to me that I haven’t seen with most other toilets. Shop the Key West Toilet here.

Saving the best for last, and the toilet I eventually chose: the Kohler Memoirs Toilet. It’s all about the trim for me. The framing at the base of this toilet mirrored with the same exact design on the rectangular lid on the top. There was no question this was the toilet I needed to have! Elongated and chair height, this is where form meets function.

The Memoirs toilet comes with a plain white soft close lid, but I swapped mine out for this soft close one in Walnut (less than $50!).
As I was combing through reviews on every single toilet, I noticed many of them sharing that some of the tanks were tilted after install. Honestly, this almost deterred me from ordering the toilet I ordered, however there’s an easy fix. You can adjust the bolts between the tank and seat to shift the tank back slightly. I spoke with my plumber about it, and he confirmed most new toilets are like this for some reason.
So as you’re reviewing whichever toilet you’re considering, just know this is a common thing (I don’t know why) but with a little patience it’s also fixable.

read more
This has been spinning in my head for months, but I’ve finally taken the time to put pen to paper, and think about my 2025 project list. I also went back and reviewed my 2024 project list, did an assessment of dreaming vs reality, and publicly checked myself with my 2024 project recap. There’s nothing like the internet to keep you honest, right?
With all that said, I’m deciding to break my 2025 project list into “big priorities” and “nice to have’s.” Will I do more than two projects this year? I would like to think so! But organizing everything this way will help me stay focused on what’s going to make me happiest to look back on when the end of the year rolls around.
Last year one of my larger projects was updating the exterior trim and door color to my colonial brick house as well as installing a new garage door. I’ve always been drawn to brick houses with darker trim colors…something about them always has me do a double take. So I was really excited to finally work up the nerve to do this to my own house! I shared all about that process here, and also revealed this was phase one of a multi-phase exterior upgrade I’d be making.


With that said, this year I’m tackling phase 2 of the exterior upgrade, and I must say I’m quite excited about it! This will include new copper lanterns flanking the front door, as well as the side man door. They arrived in December and spoiler alert: they are SO beautiful. I’m using this protective coating to make sure they’re sealed and don’t oxidize (and turn green!), then I’ll have them installed. So hopefully I’ll have something to share with you in February!
The other big update for the exterior will be new landscaping. While there’s a lot of things about my current landscaping I like, one of the things I don’t like is how unmanageable it is to maintain. Some of the bushes have died off, and others haven’t been cared for properly and are too leggy. I plan to keep some things intact (like the pink magnolia trees) but for the most part I’m planning for a fresh start. There will be a lot more to come on this, and I’ll be sharing updates along the way!
Alright I’m literally airing my dirty laundry here. This is my most embarrassing room in the house. It was the last popcorn ceiling I scraped off, and I left the ceiling raw. Not that you asked for my excuses, but really it was because I didn’t know whether to prime it light or dark because I didn’t know what the overall room design was going to be. At one point I decided to put lipstick on a pig and laid these black & white peel & stick checkered tiles down over the existing linoleum. I will say I really like them, but they were never intended to be a forever decision.
The big update with the laundry room is that it’s going to be a utility room. Its function has always been more than just laundry, so I want to design it in a functional way. This is the part that I want to really spend time with and map out, and to be honest, I’m still catching my breath from last year’s kitchen renovation. When I get my excitement back, this project will be so fun to design, but it may be one for later in the spring or even in the fall. But it’s happening.

Did this surprise you? Technically I’ve considered the primary closet to be a finished space, but after the primary bedroom transformation last year, I’ve changed my tune a bit. I’ve been imagining a color drenched space, with high gloss paint. Wallpapering on the ceiling? I think this would be the room for that.
I’m dreaming up taking the existing built-in’s to the ceiling and adding crown molding to them (think of little boxes or cupboards on top). And the library ladder in my kitchen has me wanting more…how amazing would a rolling ladder be in this room?!?



There’s a lot more to flush out, but I can’t think of a more fun space in the house to daydream about.
Ah the home office. This room is the smallest room in the entire house but it has my favorite view. It sits high up on the backside of the house and overlooks the entire backyard, which includes the pool, and at certain times in the year I can also see the giant meadow that sits beyond my property.
At one point, I decided it would be fun to have an accent wall, so I installed peel & stick wallpaper to the wall behind my desk. I’m so thankful it was peel & stick because I quickly lost interest in the design (and the concept of an accent wall). Right now, I’m trying to decide if I want to install a mural in my house because if I do, this would be the room for it. Otherwise, I’ll repaint everything and add some fun vintage pieces to warm it up.

This is a space that doesn’t necessarily need to be done this year, but I think I would flourish more creatively if it was finished. No matter what way the design ends up leaning, I know I want swap out my existing white desk for a vintage wood one. I’m hunting for something specific and lately I’ve been on marketplace daily hoping to find the perfect desk. I’ll be sure to keep you posted on socials once I find the one!
If we’re being honest, I’m dying to do the pantry yesterday. I don’t have a walk-in pantry, but I do have a nice size wall pantry that’s more than enough on top of the kitchen storage I have. Unfortunately, it’s been a casualty of the kitchen renovation, especially when I was moving everything out of the kitchen. And it’s never quite bounced back. I’m of the mindset of if I’m pulling everything out to reorganize it, I at least want to make it prettier.
Everything is painted a basic cream and I think this could be a really beautiful and functional space. I’m currently trying to decide if I want to paint everything the same color, or paint the shelves and wall brackets one color and wallpaper behind them. I also think I’ll switch up my storage with more glass containers (like these) and perhaps some baskets (I’m liking these ones).
Don’t worry! I’m not renovating the cozy tv room but I am prioritizing it from a decor standpoint. I’d like to be more intentional about my bookshelf styling this year, and given how much fun I’ve been having at estate sales over the past year, I think this could be a fun project to start collecting for. I ordered a Ralph Lauren coffee table book over the holidays and am using it for inspiration as I build my wish list for estate sale hunting. I think something like this will be a nice reprieve from some of the projects that are going to require a bit more labor.

Stay tuned throughout the year and follow along on socials to see all the action unfold. And if you’re not already, be sure to subscribe to my monthly newsletter for more sneak peeks, behind the scenes and candid thoughts. I fell a bit off schedule with the newsletter during the fall one room challenge, but plan to get things back on track in the coming month.

read more
Ever since I finished the kitchen renovation, I’ve been loving getting back into cooking. With it being soup season, as well as the time of year some of us are trying to clean up our diets, I thought it would be the perfect time to share my clean ingredient White Velvet Soup.
This five-ingredient vegan soup isn’t one to overlook: It’s as rich and velvety as its dairy-full counterparts, just without the extra carbs and saturated fats. What’s even better than the nutrition factor is the level of ease this clean ingredient white velvet soup recipe takes: it’s a one pan roast followed by an all-ingredient blend. Served piping hot and silky-smooth, you’ll keep this soup on repeat all winter long.


1 large head of cauliflower
3 cloves garlic
1 yellow or white onion
2 cans great northern beans
4 cups vegetable stock
Salt
Pepper
You’ll also need a baking sheet and a large blender. Smoked paprika for garnish is optional but recommended.
1. Preheat oven to 425
2. Chop cauliflower and onion and place in large mixing bowl, drizzle with olive oil and mix in chopped garlic. Add a dash of salt and pepper, mixing until everything is evenly coated.
3. Place all ingredients on a greased baking sheet and bake for 30 minutes or until slightly browned
4. Remove from the oven and transfer to the blender. Add white beans and vegetable stock (you may need to blend down and add vegetable stock as room permits.
5. Serve with a drizzle of olive oil on top and dash of smoked paprika

Honestly, I think this clean-ingredient white velvet soup is just as decadent as the potato soup I used to have growing up as a kid. I love that it’s vegan and gluten-free, which makes it a perfect choice for dinner parties with friends that have dietary restrictions. But the best part is, you’d never guess it was healthy!

read more
I’ve been dreaming of having the ability to write this post for what feels like years…so I’m SO excited to reveal my One Room Challenge Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation with you today! I shared a video walk through shortly before Christmas, but I wanted to reset the space with fresh styling before snapping more photos. So without further ado…



While many of you watched this transformation take place over the course of two months on instagram, the kitchen renovation has been happening in my mind for nearly four years. I wrestled with whether I should gut the entire room, or if I was capable of transforming the existing space into something I could actually love. It was a real conundrum. What could the kitchen be like if I moved things around? Could it function better? Would my pain points be resolved? What are my paint points? Can I solve my pain points without spending tens of thousands of dollars?
It was that last question that made me stop spinning. What are my paint points? I wrote them down: Running out of storage, cold and sterile feeling, dated, doesn’t flow with other rooms, blind corners in cabinets, ugly exposed hinges. Do you see where I’m going here? After I sat down and really looked at my issues, I realized I could fix most of them myself.


When I look at the before photos of the kitchen, I don’t even recognize it. It was incredibly cold and sterile. Even after I installed the new white oak hardwood flooring and painted the walls a creamy white, it was still reading cold.
In my initial design plan for the budget friendly kitchen renovation, I knew that the color palette was going to be everything. When thinking about a color scheme, I quickly decided on a warm taupe for both the cabinets and wood paneled backsplash. It would be enough of a contrast with the existing cream walls, as well as against the marble countertops I planned to create, but would warm up the space and not stand out like a sore thumb.
After browsing beiges and taupes for weeks, I picked up a sample of Stone Hearth by Benjamin Moore and it was love at first paint stroke. To get a professional finish on the cabinets I opted to learn how to use a paint sprayer for the first time and it was the best decision I could have made. You can read all about the process and everything I used in my blog post here.


The thing I hated the most about my original kitchen was the dark speckled granite countertops. Don’t get me wrong, I was super thankful to have inherited real stone vs a laminate counter, but I despised the coloring. It was cold, dark, had exposed seams and the worst part: you couldn’t see crumbs unless you got eye level with the counters. Listen, I like a clean house, ok? We all have our things.
In my dream world, this would have been the part where I brought in a slab of Italian Marble and had real marble countertops (and an extending marble backsplash) ; however I don’t have buckets of money hiding in my basement. So since I didn’t have $10k in the budget for counters, I did the next best thing: I painted my countertops to look like marble!
I realize there are some skeptics out there, and I totally get that. I had my own hesitations too. But after watching many hours of videos, reading tons of reviews and doing my own research, I decided to go for it and used this kit by Giani. If you’re curious to learn more, I share the play by play of the entire process from start to finish in this blog post. I think the photos speak for themselves, but I’ll also share that the countertops have received the most “wow’s” from anyone that’s set foot in my kitchen since the renovation!


I’ve always believed the devil is in the details. I can slap paint on just about anything to make it look pretty, but it also has to feel pretty in order to feel updated. Squeaky cabinet doors and rickety drawers do not scream “upgraded” to me, so another large part of this kitchen renovation was updating the functioning hardware.
The drawer slides were the first project, mostly because there were less of them (12 to be exact). The first couple drawers were not easy, but after I got the hang of it they started falling into place quicker. I share step by step instructions as well as some really essential tools for this project in my blog post here. Definitely check it out if you’re thinking about attempting this!
Then it was time for the door hinges. I was DREADING this. Since my cabinets are older, they have what’s called a lipped opening. This is when the frame of the cabinet isn’t flush against the side. Because of this design, I needed a very specific hinge and there is exactly one option on the market. This also requires blind drilling into the cabinet frame, which was a little scary, but again, after a couple doors I got the hang of it. The result is the perfect soft close door, without any exposed hinges. I think this might be my favorite update of the entire flip! If you have a similar set up and are wanting to upgrade your hinges, you can watch how I did this here.
After I got the doors and drawers installed, it was time to add the hardware. This was so exciting because I felt like I could finally see the finish line! I had previously purchased knobs for the doors from deVOL Kitchens, so luckily I didn’t need to update the bulk of the hardware. However I had regular handles on the drawers and I really wasn’t loving how they felt or looked.

For my drawers I opted to switch from handles to cup pulls and chose these pretty brass ones from EMTEK. I absolutely love how they look and what’s even better is how they feel. I kid you not, it feels luxurious to open my drawers now. I’m so thankful the brass finishes between the two brands work together (I definitely took a knob to a local showroom first just to make sure).
When I bought my house in 2018, the kitchen had an island which I really loved. The previous owner had definitely cut the granite top too large, so the walkway between the island and cabinets always felt tight, but I loved the extra prep space the island provided. In 2021 I had a refrigerator leak which resulted in me getting all new flooring throughout the house (more on that here) and during that time the island had to be removed. In order to get it out of the house we had to break the granite countertop, so the island has been sitting in the garage topless all this time.
In my original design I had planned to use the original island and build around it to include a backside which would house a wine fridge and a microwave. However after measuring I realized I couldn’t fit both appliances without causing the same narrow walkway issue as the previous owner. Additionally the cost to pipe electrical through the floor was going to be exorbitant.

In the end, I opted to paint the original island the same color as the rest of the cabinetry (shout out to my mom who helped me with this over the holidays!) and found this beautiful butcher block countertop which fit perfectly on top. It has a pretty chevron pattern and the walnut wood pulls in the library ladder perfectly. Topped with a milk glass pendant and I couldn’t imagine this space any other way now.
Yes that’s right. I installed the rolling library ladder of my dreams in the kitchen! This is by far my most favorite design element of the entire kitchen for a few reasons. First off, the library ladder adds so much functionality to my kitchen. I have 9′ ceilings and even though I’m 5’9″, I still can’t reach the top shelves without some assistance. Instead of dragging an ugly little step stool out each time I need something from the top shelf, now I can just roll this beauty to the cupboard I need to access.

Another big reason I wanted to add a rolling library ladder to this space was to put my dated soffits to good use (that’s the big block above the cabinets). This is a classic 80’s / 90’s feature of cabinetry, but to me it’s wasted space. Attaching the rail to the soffits really gives them purpose, plus I think it makes the entire design look even better with a pop of brass.


And I think it goes without saying, but the library ladder is the WOW factor of my kitchen design. The warm walnut wood compliments the cabinet color and adds a touch of charm to the entire space. I know I had a lot of raised eyebrows when I shared I was adding an exposed ladder to my kitchen design, but I hope now you can see the vision. It turned out even better than I expected!

The finishing touches of the kitchen included updating the old white electrical covers to all brass covers and I love how they pop against the cabinetry color. I added three brass bar stools to the bar and I’m seriously obsessed with them! They’re adjustable, look beautiful and are so comfy! This is where I find myself sitting each day. And of course I had to add in some vintage touches like an original small oil painting and a planter I found at an estate sale, as well as my favorite little brass lamp. I turn it on every evening and I love the warm glow it exudes in the space.

I still have a tiny punch list of things left to do like touch up some spots on the ceiling. I also have a drawer and new drawer face coming to install below the double oven. And eventually I hope to change out my faucet (I’m still on the hunt for the perfect option). But other than those few things, this budget friendly kitchen renovation is officially done!


Since the holidays, I’ve found myself wandering out into the kitchen and just sitting at the bar, marveling at the space. It’s warm and welcoming, and is almost begging you to spend time in it. The colors flow with the surrounding rooms, and it no longer feels like an afterthought. I really can’t believe it’s the same room, and even more so, I can’t believe I did it myself.

One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 1
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 2
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 3
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 4
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 5
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 6
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 7
Cabinet Paint Color: Stone Hearth by Benjamin Moore
Wall Color: Swiss Coffee by Behr

read more
I remember sitting down last year to plan out my 2024 project list, and thinking to myself “this is unrealistic, but I’m going to write it down anyhow.” There were some big ticket items on that list, including a few I couldn’t manage without hiring out. Then by the time summer rolled around and I did a midyear project report, I felt really behind. But now I look back on the year as a whole and I can’t believe how much I accomplished, and how different my house feels. Really, it finally feels like “me.” So before we dive into the plans for 2025, lets take a look at the final 2024 project recap.
The first project on the year wasn’t even on the list! Really, I just wanted a bit of an easy project to get started, and it doesn’t get much easier than paint. The primary bathroom was one of the first renovations I did after buying the house in 2018, and I’ve since wallpapered the toilet room with this pretty block stripe print.
The white trim really wasn’t doing much in this space, so I decided to go dark and paint the baseboards, trim and door Inkwell Black by Sherwin-Williams. I added a fresh toilet seat to the room and voila! The tiny space has its own character! You can read all about the makeover in my reveal post here.



The back entry is the bridge between the cozy tv room and the kitchen and is the most used entrance in the house. When I first bought the house I focused on repainting most of the spaces, so I had a clean canvas to work from. This little space had been painted beige ever since and was in some real need of character.
I knew I wanted to literally bridge the gap between the moody cozy tv room which is Lead Grey by Benjamin Moore and my yet to be designed updated kitchen, so it was a tricky design project. I ended up choosing this beautiful wallpaper by Sandberg, which has a similar dark blue as the cozy tv room, as well as some warm beiges which felt safe for the pending kitchen design. I painted the trim and back door Accessible Beige by Sherwin-Williams and added a brass bee door knocker and brass switch plates for some sparkle. A geometric runner rug helped ground the space and add contrast.



I love how this space has so much character now, and serves as such a fun “welcome home” for me every time I come through the back door.
In 2023 I was very intentional about getting the formal dining room up to speed by adding my dream wallpaper by Cole & Sons, as well as a knockout of a chandelier from Visual Comfort. I transformed my black dining room table to a wood finish (you can read all about it here), found the perfect vintage chairs and grounded the room with a geometric area rug. But it was still missing something.
The dining room already had a chair rail installed; however I thought adding picture frame molding underneath would really elevate the finished look of the space. I purchased my first ever power tool (a miter saw by Kobalt) and after a lot of math I got to cutting trim for my molding.



The finished result is the elevated look I knew the room needed. Later in the summer I would end up adding custom draperies, some fun brass light switches and a handful of estate sale pieces. I can’t believe I’m saying these words but I think we can finally call the dining room “finished”!



The dining room makeover would end up being a gateway for what was to come, and that would be the primary bedroom. Similar to other spaces I did some work on this room including removing popcorn ceilings, switching out carpet for white oak hardwood floors and painting it a beige color. But I was craving more.


I set out to moodboard the space with the intention of creating a cozy, relaxing retreat for myself that I would both love waking up to and enjoy coming home to each day. The design included adding more picture frame molding, color drenching the entire room, refinishing the existing dresser and adding a new pretty ivory linen bed, nightstands and lamps.


The finished result is the dreamiest space and I’m absolutely in love with it. It’s both calming yet magical, and I feel like I’m in a boutique hotel!
Since buying the house I’ve been working diligently on updating it, but to be honest I’ve really neglected the outside of it. My work outside has mostly been to keep things up to speed from a maintenance and necessity standpoint, and I haven’t had the ability to do much designing outside. I really wanted to make this year different for the exterior.



Since most of this work is a bit out of my ability (my house is 3 stories high on the backside!), I decided to split the exterior wish list into chunks and start with updating the main portion of the house. I started by adding a new garage door in the early part of 2024, and then in late summer hired a crew to paint the trim and decking a warm black / brown. The color is Black Fox by Sherwin-Williams and I love how it plays with the darker bricks in my house.



The house feels instantly updated and is truly propelling me to plan the next phase of the makeover which is the landscaping. But first I’ll be adding some copper lanterns out front and along the side man door. Stay tuned for more on that soon! You can read all the details about the exterior makeover in my blog post here.
As the exterior makeover was happening, I was looking at the calendar and realized I had one project left in me for the year. With the One Room Challenge kicking off in October, I decided I was done waiting for the “right time” and committed to attacking the kitchen.


I have a full reveal post coming soon (with all the pictures!) but I’ll share now that my intention for this makeover was to keep things relatively budget friendly by focusing on all of the cosmetic updates I could do myself. This included repainting the existing cabinets a warm taupe color, refinishing my existing granite counters to look like marble, replacing my glass tile backsplash with wood paneling painted the same color as the cabinets and updating the doors and drawers to be soft close.



Then came all the pretty things! The drawers got pretty new pulls from EMTEK, I added in the old kitchen island and topped it with a new butcher block countertop, swapped the old farmhouse light fixture for a pretty milk glass pendant and installed the rolling library ladder of my dreams.


I have some tiny touch ups left to do, and eventually I hope to swap out the faucet for a new one, but all in all the kitchen feels like it’s finally mine. Would I recommend doing a kitchen renovation right before the holidays? Probably not. But it also really kept me moving! This past weekend I worked on some non-holiday neutral styling and took some professional photos of the space, so stay tuned for lots more on the kitchen soon!
When I look back, I’m so proud of my 2024 project recap and all that I accomplished. This year I learned so much about myself, DIY and I feel like I really pushed my design skills.
Stay tuned in the coming weeks for what’s to come for 2025. I’m dreaming bigger and have plans to revisit some spaces that you’ve already seen and might not expect. All I’m going to say is that I’m more excited than I’ve ever been about the possibilities and what’s to come.
xo,
Allison

read more
While there’s still a long list of things to do in the budget friendly kitchen renovation, I’m one step closer to having the core of my kitchen back. After painting the counter tops to look like faux carrara marble (still can’t get over this transformation by the way! – this is the kit I used), the next step was to revisit my doors and drawers. Since I’m keeping this budget friendly, I’m repainting the existing doors and drawers, but am installing soft close drawer slides and hidden soft close hinges. I think those little changes will help things feel more updated without breaking the bank.
The weather was not on my side this week, but luckily, I was able to clean, sand and tack everything on one of the nicer days. I was also able to set up my spray tent outside and was able to get one coat of primer on each side of the doors (all 28 of them!). Because the doors are all different sizes, it was important to keep them numbered. Since I was applying paint, I decided to number red solo cups, and then as I painted each door I would set it on the corresponding solo cup. I didn’t know if this was going to work but it actually did! I have a little map of my cabinets that I sketched during week 1 of the challenge, so I know what goes where.

Eventually due to rain, I needed to move the spraying operation inside the garage. The spray tent I purchased off amazon has more than paid for itself, so if you’re thinking about spraying I’d highly recommend grabbing one of these. I set up a little turn table on a 5 gallon bucket inside the tent. and using my Graco X5 paint sprayer, I applied a light coat of paint on the backside of each cabinet door (about 3-4 passes each). Each door was placed back on the corresponding solo cup and I allowed for 4 hours of drying time before flipping them to do the other side. I did two coats total on each side and decided to take my time with it rather than rush the drying process. So, I took two days to apply the color.
After everything was dry, I relabeled the appropriate number on the backside of each door in pencil, and tucked my solo cups away for another project someday. I decided to leave the doors alone for a few days to make sure they were fully cured before I started the drilling for hinges, so we’ll come back to that in a second.


While I let the doors rest, I decided to tackle the drawers. A couple years back I attempted to install soft close drawer slides, however the drawers were uneven and have never shut right since. So, I was nervous and anxious about this. And if you remember, I also demoed the drawer rails inside my cabinets early into the renovation process. Mostly out of frustration and irritation that they were never built properly. With that said, I had to figure out how I was going to add my drawers back in!
After a little research, I discovered you can buy drawer slide extenders which allow you to mount the slides to the back of the cabinets. Given my previous experience, I also decided to invest in a set of Kreg drawer slide jigs, clamps and a new set of power drills.
If you’re installing soft close drawer slides, you want to make sure the slide is as close to the same length of your drawer as possible, but not longer. So for example my drawers are 23” deep, so I purchased these 22” slides.
To make things easier vs fighting gravity, I clamped the Kreg drawer slide jigs to be flush with the drawer opening. This allowed me to rest the drawer slides on the jigs, vs holding with one hand and drilling with another.


I attached the drawer slide extender to the back of the drawer slides, and then rested the front of the slides on the opening of the drawer frame (setting back about 1/8” from the opening). Once I made sure the slides were 100% level, I drilled a screw in the front face frame, double checked the level and then drilled into the rear slide extender.
The key to getting your drawers to slide smoothly and evenly is make sure everything is level and evenly spaced. Using a tape measure, make sure the distance between both drawer slides is exactly the same from front to back. Once it is, repeat the same exact process for the 2nd drawer slide.
The coolest part about the drawer jigs is they flip around! So once your drawer slides are screwed in, you can unclamp the jigs and flip them to face out towards you. This allows you to rest the drawer in a level position while you drill the drawer slides into them.

With the first couple drawers I had to make a couple adjustments to get things fully level, but once I got going it really got much easier. And I fully credit it to the drawer jigs and clamps! If you do this and find your drawers are sticky or not soft closing, that means something isn’t level or spaced evenly. Take your time to double check the space and adjust the leveling on the slides if need be. It’s usually a small adjustment that makes all the difference.
I’ll be honest, my new drawer pulls from EMTEK were motivating me through this entire project. As much as I didn’t want to deal with drawer slides, I was SO excited to update my hardware. You’ll hear designers say this all the time, but the hardware is truly the jewelry of the home. It’s what you touch countless times a day. It’s what shines against your paint color. And choosing the right hardware can make all the difference in your every day life.
I previously had regular handles on my drawers and they never felt quite right. Some even felt like they might rip right out of the drawers! Adding EMTEK’s cup cabinet pulls to my drawers has completely elevated both the look and the experience of using these drawers.


If you’re thinking about adding any type of pull to your drawers, a good rule of thumb for selecting the size is choosing a pull that’s about 1/3 of the length of your drawer face. So for me, I chose EMTEK’s four inch cup pulls for my longer drawers, and the three inch cup pulls for the smaller drawers. I used this handy little template, drilled pilot holes and screwed the drawer pulls in without any problem.
For an extra special touch, I used some leftover wallpaper from my dining room to line the drawers and make the insides feel a little bit more special. With the dining room being adjacent to the kitchen, I love how this ties the spaces together, and I also think the print works so beautifully with the cabinet color and the new drawer hardware.
Looking back I feel like I didn’t accomplish everything I had hoped this past week, but I also recognize I underestimated the amount of time it would take to clean, sand and paint all 28 doors on both sides.
This week I’m going back to the doors and will be installing hidden soft close hinges from Rockler Woodworking. We’ll get into cabinet types and door faces next week, but as a preview, my very old cabinets require a very specific hinge type to be both hidden and soft close. I was so thankful to find a solution at Rockler and have some special tools that will help make installation a little bit easier.
I’ve also started sketching out plans for the island and new wine fridge. Once I have my dimensions finalized I plan to visit a stone yard to look at remnants for the counter top. Originally I was planning to paint the island a warm brown, but now I’m thinking about making it the same color as the existing cabinets and looking for a soapstone top.
Other things on the list include caulking, installing the light pendants and the cherry on top will be my new rolling library ladder from Putnam Ladders! It arrived last week and I must say I’m “Christmas excited!” Make sure you keep an eye on socials to see how everything comes together this week.
To see and cheer on other designers, you can follow the One Room Challenge weekly progress reports here!
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 1
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 2
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 3
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 4
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 5
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 6

read more
Recently I teased on socials that this kitchen is a vicious cycle of painting, sanding, cleaning and sawing. It was a joke but it’s really quite accurate! So naturally I’m back into a painting phase for week 6 of the budget friendly kitchen renovation: transforming the countertops. Yes that’s right, I’m aiming to DIY my existing dark granite countertops into a faux Carrara Marble finish. I’ve partnered with the brand Giani for this transformation and have been a mixed bag of nervous and excited. Without further ado, let’s get into it…

The Giani Marble Countertop Kit came with everything I needed for this flip, including very thorough instructions. To start, they recommend you clean your counters with dish detergent and warm water. I went a step further an also cleaned with a lacquer thinner just to really make sure my granite counters were fully clear of all the dirt, grim and grease. After that, it was time to tape off the new backsplash, as well as the cooktop, sink, dishwasher and lower cabinets. The kit came with all the plastic needed for this, I just had to supply the painter’s tape and then I added extra drop cloths on the floor just to be safe.



Next, just like with any painting project, it was time for the primer. Since I chose a white Carrara marble kit, my base is white but there are kit options for black counters too! My counters are quite dark, so it took three coats of primer to achieve full coverage. I let each coat dry for about two hours and the entire process went quite quickly.



I had so many people ask me if I was nervous to do this, and it’s kind of a mixed answer. Yes because it naturally feels a bit wrong to paint stone counters! But also no, because I did something similar to my dining room table last year. In case you weren’t here for it, my table used to be black and I transformed it to a wood finish using a kit from RetiqueIt! It was a fun and easy weekend DIY and it’s still holding up.
If you attempt to do this, make sure you’re thinking about the edge right underneath the counters. If you’re sitting in a room and have a line of sight to your counters, you can see the underside of them. So account for this when you’re taping and priming.
Okay if I’m being completely honest this was the part where I got quite nervous and a bit spun up in the process. The kit comes with a grey paint for the veining, an artist’s brush, a water bottle and a paint brush.
To create a vein, dip the artists brush into the grey paint and lightly drag the tip of it across the countertop. While you drag it, twist it gently in your finger tips to create a more natural looking movement to the line. After painting the line, hold the water bottle a foot away from the line and spray. You’ll see the paint start to feather and bleed, making it fainter and more realistic looking.
Using the regular paint brush, tap down the line to create a feathering effect. The more water you use and the more tapping you do, the fainter the line will become. If you decide you don’t like the vein, you can spray water on it, wipe with a paper towel and it will be erased just like that! (as long as you work relatively quickly)

For a more natural look, change up the veins between long veins, crescent veins and Y shaped veins. I tried to make mine go in the same direction to mimic a real slab, however it does get tricky with a peninsula design.
I found this part to be quite difficult because of a few things. First, I had unrealistic expectations and had even set up a real marble slab to look at. This created a bit of overwhelm and need for perfection. Once I let go of the idea that my counters were not going to look like the real slab, things got easier. I also had an artificial deadline of wanting to epoxy within the same day which created a rushed feeling. Don’t do this. Take your time with the veining and make sure you’re happy with it.
The kit also comes with white highlight paint and a sponge. This is a really fun touch that adds depth to the countertops, and in my opinion makes it look more realistic. I let the grey veining dry for four hours just to be safe and then gently dabbed the white highlight paint on top of each vein. I also dabbed some on plain white areas, however upon drying I don’t know if this resulted in a very dramatic effect. I don’t hate it, but it doesn’t do much for me.

After all paint has dried for at least four hours it’s time for the epoxy. This is when things get permanent! This is a real particular part of the transformation and precision matters. Each can of epoxy will cover 6 square feet, so it’s essential to measure out the area and plan your cans before getting started. There’s also a very specific roller brush that’s used for this part of the process and rather than rolling, you are guiding / pushing the epoxy.
The epoxy cans come halfway filled with room for adding the “activator” which is included in the kit. Upon adding the activator, you stir vigorously for 3.5 minutes and then dump the contents in an S shape on the designated space. Using both the roller and a paint brush for the corners, push the epoxy to all edges. The epoxy is self leveling so it will level out and drip over the countertops which is why the preparation is so key.

During this process I continued to go back along the edges of my countertops with a brush and wiped the epoxy drips. They will harden and dry as drips, so this is important to do (and plan on doing it for 1-2 hours). Another important step is removing the tape on time. Within 1-2 hours of application you want to remove all of the tape on your surfaces but leave the plastic. The reason for this is once the epoxy hardens it will essentially turn things as hard as cement. Meaning your tape will be permanently adhered to your surface if you don’t remove it while things are a bit sticky.
The epoxy will need a full 24 hours to dry without running the risk of dust or lint getting trapped. Plan to avoid the entire area, turn off the air, close windows, etc. Everything will be hard to the touch within 48 hours! I’ve decided to wait a full week before placing anything on my countertops just to be safe, and am also going to avoid using any appliances for that amount of time as well.
One thing I wish I would have done is another wipe down of the counters in between painting and the epoxy. I thought about doing this but since I had been avoiding the kitchen I didn’t think there would be any dust or lint. Well, there is, and there are some tiny bubbles/bumps in the counters to show for it. But I know that I’m likely the only one that will ever be looking that closely at things and really it’s not a big deal. However if you’re attempting this DIY I’d suggest doing this.
I think the results really speak for themselves! I can’t believe these are the same countertops! And I also can’t believe the results I achieved by using a kit that cost $200 vs spending $8k-$10k for real marble! I’m thrilled with how the counters are complimenting the new cabinet color and backsplash, and I know everything is really going to come together once I get the pendant lights installed as well as the brass hardware.
If you’d like to see a step by step process of how I transformed my granite counters into a faux carrara finish I have a couple of videos on my instagram: Part 1 and Part 2. There’s also a recap version to tie it all together.




Believe it or not, this budget friendly kitchen renovation is not going to be an open concept one. So we’re back into the cycle of cleaning, sanding and painting as I tackle the doors and drawers to the cabinet boxes. I’m extra excited for this because after this is checked off, I can put things back in the cupboards and get my house back in order.
During the design process I decided to change the hardware on all of my drawers to cup pulls rather than knobs / handles I previously had. I’ve partnered with EMTEK on this and the hardware just arrived in the mail this past week! I was so excited to open the box and hold these up against the new cabinet color!


I’ll also changing out the hinges from the old fashioned decorative hinges to a European hidden soft close. This feels a little bit daunting, but luckily Rockler Woodworking has the exact hinges that will work with my 1990’s cabinets, as well as a jig template to make drilling easy. I’ll be sharing all the details of this process so make sure you keep an eye on socials to follow along!
To see and cheer on other designers, you can follow the One Room Challenge weekly progress reports here!
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 1
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 2
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 3
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 4
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 5
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 6

read more
The budget friendly kitchen renovation is humming right along and this week it was all about the backsplash. Well, technically last week was too (did you see the removal process?), but this week we’re making it pretty! The transformation is about to ramp up as we enter Week 5 of the One Room Challenge, but before we talk about what’s next, let’s look back at Week 4.



If you remember my original moodboard, I teased that I would be installing vertical wood paneling painted the same color as the kitchen cabinets (you can catch the painting update here). My goal of the design is to create a seamless look, which I think can be achieved by either doing what I’m doing (budget friendly option) or continuing the countertops up the backsplash. Ideally someday I’ll do the latter and have continuous marble counter and backsplash, but since this is a budget friendly kitchen renovation, that’s not part of the current plan.

The tongue and groove panels I chose are five inches wide and come in eight foot long planks. Using my miter saw, I cut each piece down to size, then painted two coats of my paint (Stone Hearth by Benjamin Moore) on each piece, sanding in between. After that, it was time for install!
Using my brad nailer, I secured each plank into the wall, double checking they were level as I went. One thing I learned quickly was to keep my nails away from the side of each plank that the next plank would slide into. When I installed my very first plank, I had nailed right to the edge and then I was unable to get the next plank flush. I had to pull everything out and remove the nails from the plank, and start over. Just a word to the wise if you plan to do this!

As easy as the install started off, I slowed down a little bit as I had to learn a few new things as I went. The first was how to properly extend my electrical outlets and light switches. I also realized that the previous owner had used drywall screws to adhere the electrical, so I was thankful I caught this and made it right.
After I turned the power off, I unscrewed the outlets from the electrical boxes and gently pulled them out. If you have a drywall backsplash or wood backsplash like mine, you’ll want to use outlet extension boxes like these. If you have a tile backsplash you can use outlet spacers like these. Either way these fit in between the outlet and the electrical box. No need to unwire anything at all. This allows the outlets to be extended from the wall, but they remain still (and secure) when you’re plugging into them.

The next big thing I learned was how to carefully remove existing trim. I realized after the fact the new wood paneling was thicker than the base of my window sill trim, and would look a little too DIY if I didn’t come up with a solution. After cutting the caulk around the trim, I was able to gently pry the trim off with a pry bar and hammer. I continued installing the paneling under the existing window ledge, and will mount the old window sill trim on top. This will create a much more seamless look. I also decided I’m going to go ahead and paint the window the same color as the cabinets.
Lastly, and most intimidating, I needed to learn how to cut holes in my panels for the electrical outlets / light switches, but also to fit around some of the cabinetry above the cooktop. I was generously gifted this Kobalt Jigsaw from Lowe’s Home Improvement and it ended up being so easy and fun to use! Assembly was super quick, and after double checking my measurements I got right into cutting for the outlets.


I felt incredibly lucky because when I got to the corner of the backsplash, the panels magically met up and I didn’t need to make any cuts whatsoever! There was a little bit of math when I got to the very end (pictured above) but it was totally doable. I felt like that was a gift from the universe after the back breaking work of removing the backsplash last week!
After filling nail holes and sanding everything down, I was so in awe with the change this backsplash is bringing to the room. Everything looks more streamlined and warm, and the elements aren’t fighting with one another. They just blend.
Now that the backsplash is fully installed, I’m wrestling with the idea of leaving the little wavy cut outs above the sink and cooktop. Part of me thinks they’ll be complimentary with the vintage pendants I’m installing above the new island (I still need to build!). The other part of me thinks this might look too cottage core with the paneling. Don’t get me wrong, I love cottage style, but I’m always going to stay true to the architecture of the home I’m designing, and this is a colonial style home. I’m going to sleep on the decision but it’s something I’m thinking about almost daily.


While I had hoped to tackle the countertops this week, they’ll need to move into Week 5 of the One Room Challenge. In case you missed it, I’m using a kit from the brand Giani to paint my existing granite countertops to look like marble. After the actual prep and painting, I expect most of Week 5 will be spent waiting for the epoxy to cure, which will give me time to focus on a few other things…

Drawers, doors and an island build! It will be dealer’s choice on what I tackle next, but I’m very motivated to start putting things back in the cupboards. I’m hoping I can get the drawers out of the way first and then begin moving onto drilling for the new door hinges, which will be hidden and soft close!
Make sure you’re following along on my instagram account to see all the behind the scenes in stories, and weekly recaps in feed. To see and cheer on other designers, you can follow the One Room Challenge weekly progress reports here!
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 1
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 2
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 3
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 4
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 5
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 6

read more
We are two full weeks into the 2024 Fall One Room Challenge and this is the week where I finally felt I could see my vision taking shape. That’s the power of paint after all – it’s transformative! (did you see my exterior reveal? Say less.) But before we could get into the fun part, there was still a little bit of prep left to do. I know you thought we probably covered that last week, but there was a little bit more to ensure the paint really sticks.
After cleaning and wood filling all holes / dents, it was time to sand everything smooth. If you’re wondering why we do this, it’s to give the new paint something to really grip to. It’s tedious, but there is nothing worse than bumping into a freshly painted surface and seeing a chunk of paint chip off. Trust me, I’ve done it. And guess what? I didn’t sand first.
Since there is so much area to cover (don’t forget we still have shelves, cabinet doors and drawer fronts!), I decided now was the time to invest my first sander. After quite a bit of research I landed on the DeWalt random orbital sander with varying speeds. I liked that I had the option to adjust the speed for not only this project but projects in the future. It also came with a little dust bag that clipped on, which I appreciated!


Anything the sander was too big for (the crown molding, the detail at the bottom of the soffits, etc) I ran over by hand with a 120 grit sand paper. After all the sanding was done, I ran a shop vac over all the surfaces followed by a tack cloth to pick up any loose particles. I also vacuumed the floors and counters thoroughly. We don’t want specs of dirt flying into our freshly painted cabinets!
To keep myself motivated in between the never ending prep work, I took a trip to the paint store to grab a sample of paint. I still can’t believe this, but I nailed it on the first try! My initial mood board hinted at a warm taupe, and I found just that in Stone Hearth by Benjamin Moore. It’s dark enough to add warmth but not too dark to end up feeling dated. I painted a small area and then got a bit braver with a shelf just to make sure. It was love at first sight!

As I was cleaning every square inch of these cabinets, I decided this would be the time to learn how to use a paint sprayer. There’s just too much surface to do by hand and I want a smooth factory finish to make these cabinets look like new. With that decision came the obligation to really mask off anything in the kitchen that wasn’t getting painted.
I hung plastic across the ceiling, covered the appliances, taped and covered the plumbing under the sink, the piping under the stove and finally made walls by suspending plastic sheets from the ceiling. From there, I used painter’s paper to roll across the floor and thoroughly taped then down with painter’s tape. And lastly I extended some drop cloths into neighboring rooms just to be safe. I read that 30% of your paint from a sprayer will travel so I was a touch paranoid to say the least! This took 12 hours which was much longer than I expected.



Before it was time for color, it was time for primer. It’s an extra step but again, think of it as laying the canvas for your masterpiece. This will ensure your paint looks the same on every single surface, and will give it a little something extra to grip onto. I always use Killz primer, which is inexpensive and is ready to paint over in about 3 hours.

This also gave me an opportunity to get familiar with my new paint sprayer, the Graco Magnum X5 Airless Paint Sprayer. The sprayer was relatively easy to set up, and once I got the hang of it, it was so fun to use! I have never used a paint sprayer before and it took me less than hour to spray the crown molding, soffits, insides and outsides of the cabinets and drawers. If I had been doing this by hand it would have taken me a full day!
Finally the moment I’ve been waiting for – the paint! I shared above I went with Stone Hearth by Benjamin Moore, but I didn’t share what type of paint. At the recommendation of a friend I decided to try the COMMAND Corotech which is a waterborne acrylic urethane. The selling point of this stuff is that it dries within 15 minutes, is ready to recoat in an hour and you can allegedly drive a forklift on it within a day. (I’m not driving a forklift on my cabinets!)

Here are my candid thoughts on the product:
Pro’s: The paint does dry very quickly but my cabinets were not ready to recoat within an hour. I waited 6 hours just to be safe and that still felt better than needing to wait a full day which is what I normally do. The finish came out buttery smooth and the satin finish is the perfect amount of shine for the space.
Con’s: This type of paint is “self leveling” which means exactly how it sounds. With that, you cannot go heavy on vertical surfaces. Unfortunately, being a newbie sprayer, I didn’t know this and should’ve dialed my spray back a bit. I have some runs from the first coat, and most of them I was able to catch in time with a brush to avoid sagging. A couple of them got past me and I’ll need to go back and fix them. The fumes from this paint are INTENSE. Plan to open a window if possible because it’s a lot to handle.

After the paint was dry, I started to remove the plastic and paper. Unfortunately some of my ceiling paint came off with the tape, so I’m working on fixing those patches. I have a few areas to touch up (both wall paint and cabinet paint) but for the most part, my prep work paid off and there was no damage to the floors or surrounding rooms!



We’re about to turn up the dial on the transformation and next up will be the backsplash. I’ll be removing the existing glass tile backsplash and installing this pretty wood paneling I found at Lowe’s. The paneling will be painted the same color as the cabinets to create a seamless look.


I also still have all the cabinet shelves, drawer faces and cabinet doors to clean, sand and paint. I anticipate doing this in waves while doing other pieces of the renovation so I can stay on target. I’ll see how easy or difficult the backsplash is this week and we’ll play it by ear from there.
Make sure you’re following along on my instagram account to see all the behind the scenes in stories, and weekly recaps in feed. To see and cheer on other designers, you can follow the One Room Challenge weekly progress reports here!

One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 1
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 2
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 3
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 4
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 5
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 6
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 7
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Reveal

read more
It’s the end of week one of the fall 2024 One Room Challenge and I feel like I’ve already lived 5 months in 5 days. All kidding aside, I knew when I picked the kitchen for my renovation project, that it would be no easy task. These first few days getting started have reminded me of that. Week one was filled with lots of preparation for the space, but also gave me some pause for my initial design plans and ultimately some changes. Let me share the journey and my thoughts with you…


This week, I managed to fully flush out the design plans for the space and am really excited with where I landed. I created a list of everything I need for the project, with links, pricing, etc. so I can have a rough idea of what I’ll be spending. I also created a timeline to help keep me on track to finish this massive undertaking in only 8 short weeks. If you don’t already know, I work a full time job with a commute, so this project is my 5-9 after my 9-5!

The first step was to empty this kitchen, which I’ll admit I completely underestimated. I’ve been living in this house for 6 years, and have definitely overlooked how much I’ve accumulated since moving in. My dining room may or may not look like I’m hosting my own estate sale right now haha. As my mom said, I feel “right at home” with that concept.

After the cupboards were emptied, I created a little map of my kitchen. I numbered each cabinet set and drawer, and then with masking tape, I labeled each piece. I certainly do not want to assume anything when it comes to this house, and that includes that the cabinet doors are all created equal!

Now I was ready to really take this kitchen a part! I began removing the hardware and setting it aside. From there I began removing the cabinet doors and the drawers as well, but as I was removing the drawers, I noticed the rails they were sliding on weren’t properly installed. Rather than make due with this, I took it upon myself to demo the existing framework for the drawers and will build new rails.
I’ve also decided to change the hinges. Originally I had planned to rub n buff these decorative hinges but to be perfectly honest I absolutely hate them. I don’t know what I’m doing from a hinge installation standpoint, and quite honestly it gives me more heartburn than any other part of this project. However I also know that in the end, I’ll be so happy I took the time to figure it out and I know it will change the entire look of the kitchen.
Originally I shared that I’d be starting with the woodworking, adding shelving to the corner cabinet and fixing what used to be a drawer under the double oven (the previous owner glued it shut). The new jigsaw I ordered was on backorder, so to make every minute count I’m shifting the timeline and am going to start with the painting portion first. My thought is by starting with painting, it will give the cabinets plenty of time to cure before placing items back inside. I also think it will serve as motivation to keep working each day, as it will be such a large transformation to the space.

After shifting the plan to paint first, this past week was all about the prep work. Which by the way, does anyone like the prep work? I certainly do not! After the kitchen was emptied and the drawers and cabinet doors were removed, I got to work cleaning every nook and cranny.
Using a mix of dawn dish soap and warm water, I used my electric spin scrubber to clean every surface I could. In the hard to reach places I used a scour pad. After that, I rinsed this with fresh water and a different rag. Finally I dried with a third rag. If this sounds a bit excessive, that’s because it is, but it’s a necessary evil. My next step will be sanding and we don’t want to sand dirt into the wood!

Last but not least, I was able to squeeze in a little bit of patching. Knowing I’ll be changing out the hinges (or rather, really committing to that plan!) I used wood filler to fill each hole from the previous hinges. I’m very nervous about installing the new hinges and making everything even, but I’m more excited to get rid of these holes on my face frames.

So what’s next? Paint of course! But not so fast. I still need to sand everything first to create a rough surface for the paint to stick to. I’ve decided to invest in my first orbital sander and chose this one because it has varying speeds and seems relatively light to hold.
To help make this feel less overwhelming, I’m breaking this down by surface. The main focus of week 2 will be the actual cabinets themselves in the kitchen. After sanding, I’ll run a tack cloth over everything to clean up any dust, and then I can start sealing off the space.
I’ll be using a paint sprayer for the first time ever and am quite excited to try it out. But with that decision comes a lot of prep. I’ll tape off the floors, ceilings and create walls of plastic around the room. Windows, countertops, plumbing, appliances and more will all need sealed off.
After the sealing is complete, it will be one coat of primer, followed by any last minute sanding needs, and then two coats of paint! We’ll see how far I get this week but it will be wash, rinse and repeat for the shelves, drawer faces and cabinet doors (both sides).
I hope you’ll follow along on socials and cheer me on! And if you need a refresher on the vision of the space, you can see all the details from my ORC Week 1 plans HERE.
To follow along with hundreds of talented designers, head to the One Room Challenge Weekly Updates HERE.

One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 1
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 2
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 3
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 4
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 5
One Room Challenge Kitchen Renovation – Week 6

read more
Are you ready for the grand finale of 2024? We’re going out with a bang, and we’re doing it in good company as I join the 2024 Fall One Room Challenge. If you’re not already familiar, the One Room Challenge takes place twice a year and is a way for designers to collaborate and foster friendly competition and collaboration as we all aim to finish a project in an eight week time period. I had planned to join the Spring One Room Challenge, but could not quite nail down the primary bedroom design (if you saw the reveal you know it was worth the wait) so I’m quite excited to join this fall’s challenge as we tackle THE KITCHEN!! That’s right, I’m going all in with a budget friendly kitchen renovation. We might even call it a facelift. Here’s the plan:
I’ve shared very limited photos of the kitchen, mostly because it’s been in disarray ever since I had the refrigerator leak which prompted a full mitigation, insurance battles and finally some new white oak hard wood floors. During mitigation, we had to break the top of the kitchen island in order to get it out for the flooring installation. It’s been in the garage ever since (topless) and for a while I thought about not having an island. But after living without it for nearly two years, I really miss the storage and the prep space that’s in close proximity to the stove top. So we’re bringing the island back (more on that below).



As you can see from the “before” photos, the space was previously made over with cooler tones. A cool white on the kitchen cabinets, a tile backsplash that reads cool and a blue/grey/black granite countertop that used to go with the dark blue walls I inherited when I bought this space.
Since the hardwood flooring install, the kitchen has been in flux. I have exposed wood on the bottom of the cabinets that I make eye contact with every time I pass through. The island light has been swagged to the side for longer than I’d like to admit. And the previous owner did some handy work sawing off one of the drawer faces below the double oven and has literally glued it onto the face frame of the cabinet.


I’ve made some tiny attempts to breathe some life into this space by painting the walls to a warm cream (Swiss Coffee by Behr) and have also swapped out the brushed nickel hardware for some pretty brass knobs from DeVol Kitchens. I made a cute little breakfast nook for myself, however the main hub of the kitchen really needs attention at this point.

I’ve alluded to this a few times, but I’ve gone round and round on what to do with this space. Part of me wants to gut the entire thing and reconfigure where the appliances live. I’ve even thought about bumping the kitchen out (there’s a screened in porch on the other side). But I like the idea of challenging myself to see if I can make my current kitchen into my dream kitchen on a budget (and in 8 weeks). So how will I do this?
This project will involve a lot of painting and a lot of woodworking. I’ll first take to ripping out the existing backsplash and replacing it with wood paneling. All existing kitchen cabinetry as well as the new wood paneling will get a coat of fresh paint in this pretty warm taupe (Benjamin Moore’s Stone Hearth).
I’ll also bring back the existing kitchen island and will build onto the backside of it, creating a cabinet for my microwave as well as a cut out area for a wine fridge. This will free up both a large amount of counter space as well as cabinet space. I’ll need to have electrical routed through the floor for this, but it will be worth it. The existing farmhouse lantern will be replaced with two milk glass fluted pendants from the 1920’s which were actually from our former family business (so that will be special).

And the countertops? I’m going to keep them, but I’m going to paint them! Yep that’s right. I’m going to paint them to look like real marble. I’m very nervous but also very excited to see how it goes. Quite honestly I think almost anything will be better than what I currently have.
Last but certainly not least, I plan to install a rolling library ladder around the kitchen soffits. This will allow me to reach the top shelf without needing a step stool, plus it will add a charming touch to the space.
We are getting right into the wood working first, as it will allow me to keep the kitchen in tact and use it for a little while longer. I’ll be adding some shelving in one of the upper corner cabinets which I hope will get me feeling confident with the woodworking tools.
Second we’ll be tackling the mystery drawer underneath the double oven and seeing what’s behind it. It may just get glued back on depending what I find ha ha! In all seriousness I am going to try to make it functioning again. I just don’t expect that to go smoothly.
Simultaneously I’ll be building the new backside of the island, as well as additional frames and pieces to adjoin the new with the existing island. I’ll likely put the first few coats of paint on this in the garage before bringing it all upstairs, as I’d like to have that open space to paint the existing kitchen cabinets with.
Be sure to follow me at AllisonSkiffDotCom on Instagram for sneak peaks of my progress over these next eight weeks. And stop back here on my blog for weekly updates where I’ll be sharing the design process, key learnings and more.
And you can check out the design plans of the other guest designers on the One Room Challenge Blog.
Thanks for following along!
ORC Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation Week 2
ORC Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation Week 3
ORC Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation Week 4
ORC Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation Week 5
ORC Budget Friendly Kitchen Renovation Week 6

read more
We all have that thing that bugs us, right? For me, the original exterior trim color on my brick house was that thing, and I’ve been wanting to update it for years. When I was drafting my 2024 project list, I put an exterior makeover on that list. But if I’m being honest, it felt like more of a daydream than a reality. And then when I went through my 2024 progress list it really started to feel out of reach with the remaining (nice) months left in 2024. But as I was finishing the primary bedroom project and thinking about what would be next, I decided to decide. After finishing the garage door install earlier this year, I was itching to add some more curb appeal to the exterior. So the exterior makeover jumped to the top of the list and here we are, reveal day!
If you read my post last month about the design plans for the exterior, you already know that I had a darker trim color in mind but was still undecided on exactly which one it would be. After some serious paint sampling, and literally watching paint dry for days, it came down to Black Fox by Sherwin-Williams.

Don’t let the name deceive you! Black Fox is more of a charcoal grey with brown undertones. The deciding factor for me was how nicely it played with my new wood colored garage door, as well as with the darker bricks in the exterior. It was the best of both worlds! I got busy designing a mood board for the project and was able to see my vision take shape.
While I was gathering quotes for this project (and more on that later – I plan to share a full budget breakdown post in the future), I had also reached out to a local gutter company just to see what new gutters would cost. I had already hired the painters and they began pressure washing and even painting, but when the gutter quote came in much lower than expected, I decided to jump on it and just get it out of the way.

So the design changed just a touch, as originally the old gutters were going to be painted Black Fox, just like the trim and windows. But with the new gutters I had the option of a fresh color, so I opted for Black! The gutter company asked me several times if I was sure haha. I was very sure, and after installation they commented how beautifully the black gutters pop against the new dark trim.

After the professionals were done, I only had a few minor touches left to do myself. I chose to repaint the back deck flooring with a fresh coat of Cabot Deck Correct in Mission Brown. The old flooring had been weathered and with all these pretty updates to the exterior the deck stuck out like a sore thumb. This fresh coat of paint not only brings it up to speed from an aesthetic standpoint but will also protect the decking from the winter elements we’ll be getting soon. I also opted to add brass kickplates to both entry doors to protect the paint from dirt and debris that gathers. And I’m officially on the hunt for a vintage lion head door knocker. I think that will be the chef’s kiss on the front entrance!


An update that will be coming later this year will be lighting. I decided that the existing exterior lights are scaled way too small for the size of this house. A general rule of thumb is they should be ¼ to 1/3 the size of your door. I had been thinking about ordering some fresh black lanterns like these, but after a little bit of online shopping I found some copper lanterns that I got instant heart eyes for. The bad news is they’re backordered until December 11th, so I’ll have to practice some patience. I’ll be sure to update everyone as soon as they arrive and I unbox them!


As I had previously mentioned, the exterior project is so massive that I need to break it into different phases. With the painting (and ladders!) out of the way, the next phase will be focusing on landscaping. I’m going to spend the winter months really diving into research and thinking about what some of my dream flowers / greenery include. As well as due diligence to ensure they will perform well for my climate zone.
I also plan to give the pool deck more attention next year! I’m envisioning some new pool loungers and umbrellas, removing some of the existing gravel by the deck and replacing it with bricks or pavers, and maybe even an outdoor kitchen! The best part of design is letting your imagination run wild with possibilities. So with a fresh new exterior to be proud of, I’m going to do just that.




Stay tuned for more updates on the exterior in the coming months and be on the lookout for more news on the next interior project. I promise, you won’t want to miss it!
A special thank you to Lowe’s Home Improvement, who sponsored this project by providing the paint.

read more
Recently I installed custom draperies in the dining room, and I have to say, the room feels all grown up now. I’ve always planned on removing the venetian blinds that came with the house, but with this room facing the road, having no privacy was not an option. I also just wasn’t in a rush. But if we’re being honest, I also didn’t realize how dramatic the impact would be! So all that to say, I want to show off the new drapes, but I also want to share my best practices for choosing and installing custom draperies.
The style of your draperies should complement the overall aesthetic of your room. Using my dining room as an example, it’s a formal and traditional space, so I wanted a more tailored look. But lets review all of the options, as each space is different:

The header type is an important factor in determining the overall style of your draperies. Again, wanting a more tailored look for the dining room I chose a triple pinch pleat. Here are a few common options:
Lastly another important decision you’ll need to make is how you want your curtains lined. For a romatic and whispy effect, you can leave them unlined which will allow light to filter through. On the other hand, for privacy or insulation, you can go with blackout curtains which will create a heavier effect. In full transparency I chose blackout lined draperies and I wish I would’ve gone unlined.
We’re going to skip ahead and touch on hanging the curtain rod next because that’s going to dictate how we measure for the drapery panels.
Hanging the curtain rod at the correct height can significantly impact the overall look of your room. As a general rule, hanging the rod 4-6 inches above the window casing is common practice. However, I personally prefer to take the rod all the way to the ceiling (or crown molding) as I think it creates a dramatic look. I also believe it makes the room appear larger and more grandeur.
You always want to extend the rod past the window to some degree. A good rule of thumb is to extend the rod 8-12 inches on each side. This allows the draperies to be fully open without blocking light and creates a more balanced look. If you’re tight on space or are close to a corner, you can go as short as 4 inches if needed.

As you can see in the dining room, I went all the way up to the ceiling and extended the rod about 6 inches on each side. I decided this mostly due to the space in between the windows. I didn’t want to end up with a skinny strip of wallpaper and wanted to allow enough space to hang my pretty vintage mirror I found at an estate sale.
Ok now to the most important part: determining the size of your draperies! Accurate measurements are essential for ensuring a perfect fit. Here’s a step-by-step guide:
Measure the width of your installed curtain rod. Based on what level of fullness you want your draperies to have, you’ll either multiply this number by 1.5, or by 2. So for example lets say your rod is 40 inches long:
The key here is you want enough fabric to close the curtains without looking like you have a flat sheet hanging up. No one wants that!

Determine the desired length of your draperies. For a floor-length look, measure from the top of the rod to the floor. If you prefer a puddle effect, add an extra 4-5 inches.
An important note: take into consideration how you’re hanging your curtains. For example if you have a pocket hole back or grommets, it will be straight forward. However if you’re considering pinch pleats you’ll have rings on your curtain rod. These will cause an extra 1-2 inch drop from the rod to the top of the draperies. Make sure you account for that in your measurements.

Type: Lille linen blackout
Pleat: triple French pleat
Color: Snow White
Length: 104”
Width: 36”
Lining type: 90% blackout
Draperies are more than just window coverings; they’re a statement piece that can dramatically transform the look and feel of a room. From tailored classics to dramatic extravaganzas, the right draperies can add warmth, elegance, and personality to your space. Remember, the key to successful drapery design is to create a cohesive and inviting atmosphere that reflects your unique taste.


Buster & Punch toggle light switch
Buster & Punch brass dimmer switch
Chairs (vintage) – similar
Table (no longer available)

read more
I am SO excited for today’s post, because today we’re talking all about the plans for the next project – and it’s a big one! If you’re subscribed to the monthly newsletter, you were the first to find out that the exterior of the house will be getting a facelift this month! While I had some other great options left on the 2024 project list (and have already made some great progress), the outside has been on my mind ever since I got a new garage door this spring.


When I first bought my house, I was so focused on the fact that I owned a giant brick house that reminded me of the Home Alone house (really, it was something I got so excited about) that I didn’t pay a lot of attention to exterior or even think I’d ever want to change it. But over time you start to notice things. And once I noticed that the trim of the house matched the mortar in between the bricks, I honestly couldn’t unsee it. It drove me up the wall.
On top of that, there’s been quite a bit of wood rot on the fascia and even around the front door way. They’re issues that are out of my scope to DIY and when I see them, I’m embarrassed by them. Literally the house is rotting in some spots.

So since we know how transformative paint can be, I’ve been daydreaming about covering up this dated yellow trim with something more stately. Originally I didn’t know what color family I was leaning towards until I started to think about some of the work I’ve been doing inside the house over the past couple years. It should come as no surprise I like things a little moody (did you see the primary bedroom flip?!), bold (ahem, the dining room) and classic (the primary bathroom and especially the wallpaper in the toilet room are the perfect examples). So I wanted the exterior to almost be a preview of what you could expect to find inside. And I’ve ALWAYS wanted a shiny black front door so that’s definitely on the list.
Earlier this year one of my neighbors did exactly what I had been daydreaming about and it reinforced my idea of going to the dark side. Her trim and windows were painted a dark charcoal grey and it instantly added a whole new shine to her home. That was all I needed to see to know I was on the right path.

When it comes to my own house, as I’m sure you noticed, there’s a lot of trim work on the back side of the house, primarily on the deck. So I’m keeping that in mind as I think about colors. Going with a traditional black might be too jarring and may look blocky. But going too light might look dated quickly with the amount of sun this area gets. Just a few things I’m keeping in mind as I dive into a color palette rabbit hole!

Bricks in every house are completely different, so although I like my neighbor’s color choice, I know it may not necessarily work on mine. So I headed to Lowe’s and picked out a handful of color swatches (did you know they carry Sherwin-Williams paint now?!) and I got busy holding them up against the dark bricks on my house. I think we have a handful of front runners so far, so next steps will be getting some samples and painting trim on all sides of the house to see how they look with the different lighting throughout the day. I’m also dreaming of some new exterior lighting but that’s a post for another day.

Make sure you’re following along on socials to see how this project unfolds over the next month. I’ll be sharing the entire project from start to finish!

read more
There’s nothing better than tomato season! August means ripe tomatoes and corn on the cob, so the timing is perfect to rotate this healthy summer side salad into your weekly menu. If you’re looking for a quick, healthy and crowd-pleasing side to add to your summer menu, look no further than this healthy corn, tomato, and avocado salad. Packed with vitamins and flavor, this dish tastes even better after a day in the fridge.

Serves 6-8

Prepare corn by either grilling cobs and slicing kernels off the ears, or preparing as instructed from frozen. While corn is grilling, quarter your cherry tomatoes, slice cucumbers, and dice onion avocados. Add to large bowl.
In a separate bowl, whisk together lime juice and olive oil. Add salt, pepper and garlic powder.
Combine all ingredients and mix well. Chill for 1-2 hours.
Dish can be served on its own as a side, or on top of a bed of baby spinach greens. Keeps in the fridge for 2-3 days.

How to build a charcuterie board

read more
Not too long ago, a type of paint called “chalk paint” was all the rage. I don’t know if it was the look of the finish that attracted people, or the ease of application, but everywhere you turned, something was being refinished with chalk paint. As with most things, what comes around goes around and chalk paint is no longer the life of the party. So now what? Well the good news is, it can be undone. The bad news is, it isn’t easy. So using my experience as a firsthand example, lets dive into how to remove chalk paint.
Back in 2011, I fell victim to purchasing a dresser that was painted in a pastel blue chalk paint. I’ve never really liked the color, so I think I must have been attracted to the shape of the actual piece itself, but I remember being so excited about it. I purchased it from Etsy and paid way too much for shipping, but you don’t know what you don’t know.

With the recent primary bedroom flip, the time has finally come to remove the robin’s egg blue and transform this vintage dresser into the beauty I know it can be. It has wonderful bones and after I started evolving the color scheme in the bedroom, I knew the full gloss chocolate paint I had leftover from the powder room would be perfect for it.
Just like anything, before you start digging in, you want to prep your workspace. Wipe down the furniture, remove the hardware and prep the surrounding area. I wasn’t able to move this heavy piece out of the room, so I invested in a spray shelter and it was the best $40 I could have spent. They come in all shapes and sizes and even zip up to keep dirt out (this is the one I used).

If you’ve painted before, you’re no stranger to sanding your woodwork to ensure your new paint has something to grip to. While the objective is the same in the end, there’s another layer (quite literally!) involved with this. The goal here is to remove the wax finish that’s over your chalk paint. If you don’t, the new paint / stain will not adhere to your furniture and you’ll have to start all over again. So this is important!
Use an 80 grit sandpaper and sand with the grain until you start to see the shine wearing off the furniture. Be warned this is very messy and the dust goes everywhere. Wear old clothes, gloves and a mask. If you’re going to be repainting your furniture a color, then there’s no need to go all the way down to the wood grain. The goal here is to simply remove the top coat of wax. If you’re not painting your furniture another color, you’ll want to keep going until you get down to the wood grain.
After you’ve been thorough with the heavy grit sandpaper, clean any loose dust with a shop vacuum. Then run a fine grit sandpaper over all surfaces to smooth things out. This should be relatively light work, but will likely still yield colored chalk paint dust.
This was where I found my work was tested. Vacuum or wipe any loose dust that’s visible and then grab your tack cloth. Gently run the tack cloth over all surfaces and pay attention to see if the cloth wants to grip any spots. If you find the cloth not smoothly gliding over your furniture, inspect that area thoroughly. Chances are, there’s residual wax that needs to be removed.
If so, repeat steps 2-4 until the tack cloth glides across all surfaces.
Now assuming you’re painting your furniture a color and not restoring to a wood finish…
The good news is the hard part is over! This is the last step before you get to paint your furniture a new color! Depending on which color you’re painting your piece, prime it with either a regular primer or tinted primer. I found one coat to be sufficient for my dresser, however I did go ahead and have it tinted since I was painting the dresser a chocolate brown.


You’re finally ready to paint! Paint as you normally would and enjoy this process because the chalk paint is far behind you!

I did a ton of research on this project before I even touched a piece of sandpaper. There were many suggestions out there ranging from mineral spirits to a heat gun to turpentine. Ultimately I decided to stick to the devil I knew which was sanding. I did not personally paint this furniture the first go around, so I didn’t know what the original woodwork was or looked like, and I didn’t want to run the risk of damaging it. It’s a little bit more work, but if you’re on the fence about how to remove chalk paint, I’d highly recommend sanding because you have full control.
After I painted the body of the dresser and the drawers in Farrow & Ball’s London Clay, it was time to focus on the hardware. I used Rub ‘n’ Buff in Spanish Copper and didn’t focus on trying to make it perfect. I like that some of the original darkness of the hardware is peeking through the copper, as I think it gives it a warm patina.


I honestly cannot believe this is the same piece of furniture I started with! Although it was not an easy flip (and I don’t think furniture flipping is in my future) I’m very proud of the final result from this project. It adds a pop of interest to the overall room, while coexisting perfectly with the moody color palette. I’m so happy I was able to restore and up-cycle this piece of furniture rather than buy something new.
If you have any questions about this project, drop them below in the comments section and I’ll do my best to answer!

read more
Can you believe we’re nearing the end of July?! Me either! This year has truly flown by and I know (as always) it’s going to speed up as we get closer to the holidays. As I’ve had my head down and deep into projects, I thought it would be a great time for a 2024 project list progress report. How have I done? What can I still do? And what do we need to move to next year? Lets see…
While this was a smaller project in concept, it was a big moment for me personally. I conquered my fear of power tools and it gave me the momentum to dream bigger for upcoming projects.
The dining room was also the perfect room to give this kind of work a test drive so to speak. With the chair rail already in place, and plenty of doors and windows, there wasn’t much planning needed and there was limited math to do.



I love how this custom trim really elevates the already traditional space and I couldn’t be happier with how this turned out. If you’re thinking about planning custom trim in one of your spaces, I’ve put together everything I used for this project right here.
This was one of the first projects I tackled this year and it’s had such a gigantic impact on flow. The wallpaper and fresh trim color really bridge the gap between the cozy tv room and kitchen. When I look at before photos of this space I shudder and can’t believe I didn’t tackle this sooner. It feels so welcoming and it gave me a chance to add some more wallpaper to the house. A win-win!




I went through a rollercoaster ride of designs for the primary bedroom but finally landed on color drenching the space. And I’m so glad I did. After I decided I would add custom molding in this space and color drench it in a deep green, I really tried to let go of getting into any more details. Aside from ordering a new bed in advance, I wanted the design to guide me as I worked.


I’m so close to being as close to finished as I can be at this point, and I can’t wait to share photos and videos with you. You can see a sneak peek above of the color drench in Farrow & Ball’s Treron (it’s so good!). I plan on collecting some pieces (lamps, a rug, and a chandelier) so won’t be a full reveal, but it will still be a dramatic before and after. I’m not in a rush to “finish” this room as I really want everything to feel perfect. And so far it does.
The exterior of the house is going to get an “in progress” sticker. I was able to add a new garage door into the mix, and while it’s not the most fun way to spend your money, the addition has been a huge upgrade both visually and functionally.



What’s left to do otherwise? Well, quite a bit. I really hope to get my trim and gutters painted by the end of 2024. I found someone doing exactly what I envisioned for my house literally right across the street, but he has yet to call me back. I’m going to keep on him and see if I can get a quote before moving onto another contractor.

After the painting, I’ll still need to do landscaping. At this point, I’m going to table that for 2025 as I want any new plants to have the best chance of surviving. It doesn’t make sense to install new landscaping only to have it trampled by painters. It also doesn’t make sense to install new landscaping right before winter.
I’ll be adding a couple more things to this category for 2025 as well. I’m in need of a new front and side door, so those will be new additions. And I also need to decide what I’m doing with my front steps. The bricks keep falling out and I’m worried someone is going to get hurt. I also really don’t like the look of them and would prefer a more traditional staircase with a black wrought iron railing. This is a new department for me so I have a bit of research to do before I let my imagination run wild!
I had every intention of tackling the laundry room this spring but a podcast stopped me in my tracks. The episode I was listening to challenged listeners to think about how they use their spaces and what they need out of them before they jump into the designing process. I sat with that thought for a while and realized my laundry room is the command center for the first floor. It’s not just a laundry room. It’s storage for cleaning supplies, wrapping paper, pool towels, a turkey cooker, tablecloths and every day tools. And quite frankly I have many more odds and ends that should be living in this space.

I’m now realizing this is going to need to be a VERY customized space where I need to max out every inch, and I need to ensure it’s functioning in the most optimal way. I’m not saying the laundry room won’t make the cut in 2024, but it may be wisest to move it to 2025.
My home office is still on the agenda for 2024, and I’m feeling really confident about checking it off the list. I’m currently in the middle of deciding if I want to do more custom molding (like a chair rail and box trim) with a wallpaper mural on top. Or if I want to just repaint and focus on collecting antique pieces that inspire me for this space. Either way, I’m so excited to tackle this space next. I’m considering doing this for the fall One Room Challenge!

The kitchen. Perhaps my most exhausting thing to think about. I’ve gone round and round with what to do here. One day I’m ready to rip out all of the cabinets and start over. Another day I’m daydreaming about bumping out the house altogether. And then I consider just repainting the cabinets and getting new countertops. Last week I was daydreaming about attaching a rolling library ladder to the 90’s soffits. At least they’d be good for something then, right?



What I know for sure, is that I need to take EVERYTHING out of my cupboards, and I need to think about how I use the space, what I need out of it, and what I’m not currently getting out of it. And also, could I be doing anything better from a storage perspective? From there I hope I’ll know what to do next. I want this to be a truly intentional design, as it’s going to be the biggest renovation to date. Stay tuned to see what happens in the heart of the home!
How are your 2024 goals and projects coming along? I always find it helpful to look back and it gives me some momentum to move forward. If you haven’t checked in with yourself lately, I encourage you to give it a try!

read more
A couple months ago when I installed picture frame molding in the dining room, I had a sneaking suspicion that it was going to be addicting. I just didn’t know how addicting! All of a sudden, I wanted it in every room in the house. However, I’m a firm believer that there can be too much of a good thing. After wrestling with the primary bedroom design for months, I decided it would be the perfect space for my next round of custom trim. With a blank canvas to work from and vaulted ceilings to consider, I had a lot of design decisions to make. Today I’m pulling the curtain back and sharing how I designed custom trim in my primary bedroom.
If I’m being honest, I went round and round designing the primary bedroom for months. At first I was going to do a mural with colored trim, doors and ceiling. But after ordering some samples it didn’t feel right. I couldn’t let go of the idea of wallpaper quite yet, so I thought about installing a chair rail and box molding on the lower third of the wall with wallpaper on the top two thirds (similar to the dining room). I mocked it up and that didn’t feel right either.
Enter the plan to add floor to ceiling molding and color drench the space. This finally felt right, and I felt less boxed in with the initial concept (pun intended). From this point, the decisions were if I wanted a chair rail to separate the boxes, or if I wanted to go with just boxes. If just boxes, then two stacked or three stacked. Seriously, there were a lot of decisions to make.
To help narrow down the options, I took some still photos of the space and uploaded them into the design program Canva. I started on the wall with the windows first, placing boxes on top of each window. Seeing the larger space above the windows (which stretch to the floor) helped me realize this design makes the most sense with two boxes vs three. I think if my ceilings were 10 feet vs 9 feet, stacking three boxes would’ve worked.



To keep things balanced, I copied the height of the boxes above the windows and mirrored that height on the bottom portion of each wall. So if there was a box above a door frame or a window, on the next windowless/doorless area, there would be the same height of box on the bottom of that wall, and then a larger box on top.
When I designed custom trim in my dining room trim, I used a leftover piece of my white oak hardwood flooring, which measures 3.5” in width as my “spacer.” This helped simplify the measuring of the boxes because all I had to do was add this spacer in between the top, bottoms and sides of all boxes.


So for example, there is 3.5” in between the top of my baseboards and bottom of my picture frame trim. There’s 3.5” in between all boxes next to one another. There’s 3.5” between the top of the picture frame trim and the ceiling. The only exception is when you get to corners of the room, as there’s a total of 7” in between the trim. 3.5” from trim to corner, and another 3.5” from corner to the next piece of trim. It’s a bit easier to follow visually so you can see the measurements in the photos below!
The two biggest measuring decisions I had to make was on the wall behind the bed, as well as the wall behind the dresser. Starting with the bed, I decided I wanted the trim to frame both my nightstands and the new bed. So I started with the nightstands and measured wide enough to stretch just past my nightstands. Then used the 3.5” spacer, and the remaining middle space stretch just outside of the bed. I thought it would look a little odd to have the molding placed inside of the bed, and now seeing it after the fact I stand by this decision.
The wall behind my dresser was the biggest head scratcher, simply because the dresser is centered on the wall, however the door to my closet is also on this wall. So I had a box above the closet door and then an uneven amount of wall to play with. Ultimately, rather than do two equal sized boxes, I decided to mirror the narrow / long box with the wider box design as the wall behind the bed. The door to the closet serves as it’s own version of the third narrow box.
For me, the profile of trim really makes or breaks it from a design perspective. I want something visually interesting, especially in such a large space like this bedroom. I found this primed trim at Home Depot and love the profile of it, and the price was on point as well!

After I measured the boxes, I drew them onto the wall in pencil just to be sure. This also helped me measure twice so I could cut once. I used the same miter saw I purchased for the dining room project (this is truly a great beginner tool if you’re in the market!) and cut my trim to length.
Using my brad nailer and 2” brad nails, I nailed each piece into place, one box at a time. Even though I had lines drawn on the wall, I made sure to use both my wood spacer as well as a level just to make sure everything lined up. Sometimes the nails don’t always go all the way in, so this handy nail tap set will help you make sure they’re flush. These come in three sizes and thanks to a small bevel on the tip, they stay on the brad nail head while you tap in with your hammer.
I filled all nail holes with wood filler, caulked inside & outside each box, and then sanded until everything was smooth. I’ll admit, this is not the most exciting part of the process, but it’s so essential for achieving that high end look.
The next steps will be color drenching! We’ll prep the entire space by filling all nail holes in the walls and sanding to make sure everything is smooth. From there we’ll wash the walls, trim and ceiling to ensure there won’t be any dust in the paint, and then we’ll be ready to prime everything. And then it’s the fun part: color drenching the entire room! The space is 18′ x 14′ with a vaulted ceiling, so it will certainly be a process, but I know it will be worth it. Make sure you’re following along on socials to watch everything unfold!
If you’re interested in giving this project a try, here is everything I used to DIY my own. I stand by each of these products and would highly recommend them!

Ryobi Brad Nailer (make sure you get the battery and charger too if you don’t already have one!)

read more
Copper! It’s the metal that adds warmth, character, and a touch of timeless elegance to our homes. From gleaming pots and pans to stunning hammered sinks, copper elevates everyday objects into design statements. Recently I found a beautiful copper wine cooler at an estate sale, but it definitely needed a little TLC. Being my first copper piece, I had to do a little research on the best way to restore it, so I want to share my top tips for how to clean copper.


Tarnished copper? No problem! Here’s a breakdown of cleaning methods, from natural options to some store-bought heroes:

Bonus Tip: For heavily tarnished or intricate pieces, create a paste using salt, flour, and vinegar. Mix equal parts salt and flour, then add enough vinegar to form a thick consistency. Apply the paste with a soft cloth, buff gently, and rinse thoroughly.
Now that your copper is sparkling, let’s keep it that way! Copper tarnishes naturally when exposed to air. Here’s how to add a protective layer especially if you went with an all natural cleaning method noted above:
Remember: Patina, the natural green or brown film that forms on copper over time, can be beautiful in its own right. If you prefer the antiqued look, you don’t necessarily need to clean and seal your copper.
Short on time and looking for a one stop shop? There are options for you! While I haven’t personally tried these yet, I’ve done some research and these look like well reviewed options.
Wright’s Copper & Brass Polishing Cream: apply this thick cream all over and gently massage it into your piece. After a short time, wipe the cream off with a fresh rag and not only will your copper be clean, but it will be sealed too! I’m adding this one to my shopping cart for next time!
Brasso Metal Polishing cream: Brasso does exactly what it says it will do, and is good for all metals. So if you have a variety of finishes in your home, this should definitely be in your cleaning cupboard!

With a little cleaning know-how and some clever sealing tricks, your copper can continue to be a shining star in your home decor. So grab your lemons, vinegar, ketchup (or Bar Keepers Friend!), and get ready to bring back the brilliance. If you’re thinking of adding copper into your home, I hope this guide will be helpful for whatever your needs may be!
If you’re in love with this copper wine cooler as much as I am, I’ve rounded up a few similar pieces from the resale market. You can shop them HERE!

read more
I’ve been itching to tackle my next big project for what feels like forever. While yes we’ve made some progress with the 2024 project list (hello back entry flip and dining room molding) there are some big spaces that have been calling my name. If you follow along in my monthly newsletter, you’re up to speed on the design block I’ve been struggling with over the past few months. I went round and round trying to land on my next design and it was so frustrating. But rather than try to push through it, I slowed down and let my intuition guide me. And it guided me right into designing…
The Primary Bedroom!
Similar to the rest of the house, the primary bedroom has already undergone a mini-transformation from when I bought the house in 2018. I’ve removed the popcorn ceilings, ripped up the shag carpet and installed white oak hardwoods and re-painted the blue grey walls to a calming neutral (Accessible Beige – one of my favorites!). I also took down one of 11 ceiling fans and added a pink fringe chandelier. There was really no thought process there, I just liked it.


Was it ever intended to be the final design? No. But it was enough to stop my eyes from bouncing all around the room, and served as a band-aid while I tended to some other larger projects like the cozy tv room, dining room and the rest of the primary suite (closet and bathroom).
So what does the next chapter look like for this space? Calming. Relaxing. Retreat like. And a touch of luxe. After installing picture frame molding in the dining room, I know I want to do the same in this space. I’m working through exactly what the boxes will look like, but I’ve started sketching and am so excited about how it’s going to look in this large room.
And we’re certainly going to color drench. I’ve been bookmarking some warm dark smoky greens and can’t wait to buy some samples to start painting swatches on the walls. Right now Vintage Vogue by Benjamin Moore is my front runner, however I have a sample booklet on the way from Little Greene which I’m very excited to review.
Furniture wise it’s a bit of a mixed bag. I’ve had a saga in this room from the get go. To make a long story short, I rushed a decision out of desperation and ordered a bed that I’ve hated since it arrived. As painful as it is to correct a mistake like this from a financial perspective, it’s the right choice. I ordered the Finnea Bed from Anthropolgie and know that it’s going to be absolutely perfect in this room! The feeling I had after I clicked the “purchase” button was confirmation this was the right decision.

Rather than fully flush out the entire design, I’m going to focus on these 3 core elements and allow the design to guide me as I work. As I visit estate sales over the next several weeks, I hope to source new nightstands, lamps (I’m dreaming of marble lamps against smoky green walls), a vintage rug and some artwork. I’ll fill in the rest of the design with draperies and bedding based on what colors and patterns I need (when we get to that stage).
One thing I’m still working through is the plan for my dresser. I purchased my current dresser off Etsy over a decade ago and love the furniture piece itself, but the color is going to need to change. Part of me is considering painting it the same color as the walls & trim, but in a high gloss sheen. Add a little Rub ‘n’ Buff to the handles and I think it would really pop in the room!

For now, I’m going to focus on getting the molding ironed out and take this project one step at a time. Be sure you’re following along on socials to catch all the action. It’s never a dull moment around here! I can’t wait to share the journey with you and watch this space transform into the charming retreat I know it can be.

read more
Summer is right around the corner and for many of us that means vacations, busy schedules and longer days. One of my favorite grab-and-go snacks to have on hand are these no bake energy ball bites. With only 5 ingredients and no oven time, they’re a breeze to put together and make for a healthy (and easy) on-the-go snack. Save this recipe to indulge your sweet tooth without sabotaging your diet!
(makes 12 servings)
1 Cup of rolled oats
½ Cup flax meal
2/3 Cup almond butter
5 Tablespoons maple syrup
½ Cup dark chocolate chips



You can store these no bake energy balls in a sealed container for up to a week. I like to double the recipe and freeze half for future use. This recipe is gluten free and has minimum added sugar (save the dark chocolate chips).

Calories: 206
Total Fat: 12.7g
Total Carbohydrates 21g
Protein 5.9g
There are many ways to customize this snack and it all depends on your taste. Some ideas to get you started…
Spice it up: adding spices like cinnamon, pumpkin pie spice or even all-spice could add a seasonal flare to this snack.
Even easier prep: not into rolling individual balls? Press the batter into a lined 8×8 pan, chill and then cut into bars. If you have a pan with a lid, then you can store as is.
Play with flavor: in addition to spices you can substitute other nut butters for the almond butter. You can even add in toasted coconut, dried cranberries, sunflower seeds or another chocolate variation. Sea salt on top never hurt either!
Healthy Corn, Tomato & Avocado Salad

read more
Late last year I found myself going to a handful of estate sales, all in the hopes of finding some Shiny Brite vintage ornaments for my Christmas tree. While I was able to find a handful of ornaments, I also found something else: the power of estate sales. You see, estate sales can help you create a collected home that looks like it stepped out of a magazine (without the magazine price tag!). Over the past few months, I’ve found everything from $10k+ vintage rugs to oil paintings to high end furniture. And today, I’m going to share my tips for how to find estate sales.
Estate sales are a treasure trove for unique pieces that tell a story. But with so many sales happening, how do you find the good ones? Well, my secret weapon is the EstateSales.net app! Let me show you how I use it to curate my estate sale adventures.
First things first, download and fire up the EstateSales.net app. Once you open it up, you’ll be able to set your location as well as a radius of how far you’re willing to travel for a sale. I like to set mine to 50 miles.



After inputting your radius, you’ll see a map with sales pinpointed in your area. But hold on to your hats, we don’t want to waste time visiting every single sale. The key is to filter the results to show only the sales that are most likely to have the pieces you’re interested in.





A few recent estate sale finds from top left clockwise: antique red books, french bouillette lamp, antique oil painting, sarouk rug
The EstateSales.net app is a fantastic tool, but there’s another ingredient to the estate sale hunting equation: intuition. Sometimes, a sale might not have the most glamorous photos, but there’s just a certain je ne sais quoi that tells me they might have hidden gems. Maybe it’s the location in a historic district, or the mention of a “downsizing designer.” These are my little nudges to go check out a sale in person, and often, they pay off!
So, there you have it, my friends! With the EstateSales.net app and a dash of intuition, you’re well on your way to scoring unique finds and crafting a collected home that reflects your personality. Now, get out there and start hunting!

Expert tips for successful antiquing adventures

read more
Have you ever bumped into an object and instantly craved to know its history, find similar styles, or even translate that fancy French label on the back? Well, fret no more! Google Lens is here to be your visual search companion, a digital magnifying glass that unlocks a world of information right through your phone’s camera.
Whether you’re a seasoned thrifter hunting for vintage gems, an interior design enthusiast seeking inspiration, or simply someone curious about the world around you, Google Lens can be a game-changer. In this comprehensive guide, we’ll delve into everything you need to know to become a Google Lens pro!
Google Lens boasts a range of impressive functionalities, making it a versatile tool for various situations. Here are some of its key features:
The good news is that Google Lens is readily available on most modern devices. Here’s how to access it depending on your setup:
Once you’ve accessed Google Lens, using it is delightfully simple! We’ll use a real example of a horse I found at an Estate Sale that was priced at $450. I ended up getting it for $70 because of Google Lens!

Point and Focus: Open the Google Lens app or activate the Lens feature in your camera app. Aim your camera at the object you want to identify or get information about. A white box will appear around the detected item for better focus.


Capture or Select: If using the dedicated app, you can either tap the shutter button to capture an image or use a photo already saved on your device by tapping the gallery icon. If using Lens in your camera app, capturing the image might happen automatically.

Analyze and Explore: Google Lens will analyze the image and display relevant information on your screen. This could include the object’s name, a brief description, links to similar products, translated text, historical details (for landmarks or artwork), or even solutions to math problems (depending on the complexity).


Now that you’ve grasped the basics, here are some additional tips to maximize your Google Lens experience:
Here are some creative ways to integrate Google Lens into your daily routine and fuel your design inspiration:
Google Lens is constantly evolving, and with advancements in artificial intelligence, its capabilities are expected to expand further. Imagine using Lens to translate menus in real-time, identify ingredients in a recipe, or even get detailed instructions on how to repair something around the house – all through the magic of your phone’s camera.

So, the next time you encounter something intriguing in the real world, don’t just walk by. Whip out your phone, activate Google Lens, and unlock a world of information and inspiration. With this powerful tool at your fingertips, the possibilities are truly endless!

read more
Have you ever used Rub N Buff? If you’re not familiar, it’s a metallic paint used for arts, crafts and restoration. It can be used on anything from picture frames to furniture, and can help breathe new life into an old piece or customize something that’s not quite to your liking. The Rub N Buff collection comes in a variety of colors which is great but I’ll admit, it can be a bit overwhelming. Today I’m sharing an overview of the Rub N Buff gold collection & color guide which will hopefully help you narrow down your options.

Let’s begin with the ever-popular Antique Gold. This warm, inviting hue is a fantastic choice for achieving that classic, timeworn look on furniture or frames. Think of it as an aged gold, perfect for projects with a touch of vintage charm.

Craving something a little more unexpected? Autumn Gold might be your perfect match. This radiant shade leans towards a coppery warmth, with hints of red peeking through the golden sheen. It’s a beautiful way to introduce warmth and depth into your design scheme. Imagine it accenting a dark wood table or adding a touch of fiery elegance to a picture frame.

If understated luxury is your aesthetic, then European Gold is calling your name. This cool-toned gold boasts a subtle champagne nuance, making it ideal for projects where you want a hint of gold without overwhelming shine. It pairs exceptionally well with lighter colors and clean lines, lending a touch of Parisian chic to your space.

For those who love the radiance of pure gold, look no further than Gold Leaf. This bright and bold shade offers a rich, brassy gleam that instantly elevates any surface. It’s ideal for adding a touch of drama to a room or highlighting decorative details on furniture or millwork.

Grecian Gold is a deep, bronzy gold with a hint of warmth. It would work wonders on dramatic furniture pieces or as an accent on picture frames or decorative objects.

So, which Rub N Buff gold is right for you? Consider the overall tone of your space and the feeling you want to evoke. Remember, with Rub N Buff, a little goes a long way. You can always build up the intensity for a more dramatic effect. Don’t be afraid to experiment on a hidden surface before committing to your final design. If you’re still not sure, you can buy the Rub N Buff Gold Sampler Pack.

Pro Tip: Rub N Buff can be buffed to a high shine or left more muted for a softer effect. This allows you to further customize the final look to suit your taste.
With its easy application and wide range of colors, Rub N Buff golds open up a world of design possibilities. So, don’t be afraid to test out different colors and even mix & match!
So why have I shared all this? Well recently I was on the hunt for a little side table to put next to my clawfoot tub in the primary bathroom. The Visual Comfort Martini Table I really wanted was a bit out of my price range at $479. However I was determined to recreate the look for less and found a similar option at Home Depot for only $60. The only downside was it was black instead of brass (the brass was indefinitely sold out).

Being unsure about which Rub N Buff Gold to use on my own table, I purchased the sampler kit and tested out all the options. In the end I went with European Gold with Gold Leaf lightly rubbed on top. I was able to achieve the look for less and saved $400 thanks to Rub N Buff. What do you think? Would you try this?

read more
As of recently, I’ve been growing more and more obsessed with incorporating vintage finds into my designs. Not only does it add a layer of unique character, but it’s also way more sustainable than buying brand new. While looking for antique trinkets is one thing, hunting for hidden gems such as vintage furniture secondhand is an entirely different league and can be a bit daunting. That dusty thrift store chair might be a mid-century masterpiece, or it could just be…dusty.


To be most helpful, I’ve put together this ultimate guide to help you unearth those hidden vintage gems, whether you’re a seasoned thrifter or a curious newbie. Lets break it down!




Remember: When buying vintage, perfect isn’t always the goal. Embrace the character of a well-worn piece, but always be mindful of structural integrity.
Bonus Tip: Haggling is totally acceptable (and sometimes expected) at flea markets, estate sales, and even some thrift stores. Don’t be afraid to politely negotiate a better price!
I hope this guide equips you to confidently navigate the world of secondhand furniture. Remember, the hunt is half the fun, so happy treasure hunting! And if you ever find a mind-blowing vintage score, don’t forget to tag me on social media – I love seeing your finds!

read more
Planning a DIY project or a remodel? When it comes to interior painting these expert painting hacks, tips & tricks will help save you time, money, paint faster & get better results. Bookmark this page and thank me later!
If your baseboards don’t have quarter round, you should have a slight gap in between the baseboards and your floors. Rather than tape off your flooring, you can save time by sliding a piece of acetate paper in between the baseboards and floors. Slide it with the paint brush as you paint for a smooth, no mess finish!

Planning on applying more than one coat of paint? If so, you can save time with clean up by wrapping your paint brush with plastic wrap. Leave a little bit of paint on the brush to keep it moist. Wrap paint brush in plastic wrap. Wrap an additional piece of plastic wrap around the base where the handle meets the body. The goal is to keep air out, which will prevent the paint from hardening. You can leave brushes wrapped for 3-5 days.

If you’re painting more than one coat of paint on the walls or ceiling, you’re likely using a paint roller. You should plan on waiting at least 12 hours for your paint to dry to avoid any peeling, but you don’t necessarily need to use a new roller for each coat. Instead, wrap your paint roller in a plastic bag and tie off the end to prevent air. I usually like to wrap mine in 2 bags just to be safe.
Same as your paint brush and paint roller, if you’re painting more than one coat of paint and are using a roller brush and paint tray, you can avoid clean up here too. Take a garbage bag and place paint tray inside. Twist and tie the garbage bag to prevent air from getting inside.
Are you painting two different colors? Try this hack to get the crisp paint lines. Apply frog tape as you normally would and press firmly using a putty knife to seal off. Now before you paint the new color, you’re going to paint the base color ON TOP of the frog tape. This is going to completely seal the tape. Allow to dry and then paint your new color on top. Remove painters tape while the top coat is still wet. For a longer tutorial you can see a full blog post on this method here.

Have you tried any of these painting hacks, tips & tricks? Are there any that I missed? Sound off in the comment section below!

read more
For an interior designer, the thrill of discovering a unique antique piece adds layers of history and character to any space. But navigating the world of antiques can be overwhelming, especially for newcomers. I should know: I’ve had some fantastic wins (specifically with my dining chairs) and I’ve also walked out empty handed. Today, we’ll delve into my personal tips for successful antiquing adventures, ensuring you return home with treasures, not regrets.

Before embarking on your quest, define your goals. Are you seeking a statement piece for your living room, or are you on the hunt for smaller accents? Having a clear vision will guide you towards the right shops and prevent impulse purchases.
In the event you’re hunting for a specific piece, you may be confined to particular measurements. Keep a running list on the notes app in your phone for these items. For example, I was looking for chairs to match a newer table. I had the measurements saved and ready to go in my phone. When I found these chairs that caught my eye I was able to pull the trigger while traveling. I’m currently looking for an antique mirror for my dining room and I have the ideal height and length saved in my notes. Same for the vintage hallway runner I hope to score.

Knowledge is power! Familiarize yourself with different periods, styles, and materials. Online resources like Kovels and auction house catalogs are valuable allies. Understanding the context of a piece not only enhances its value but also informs your restoration decisions. For example I knew my dining room antique bentwood chairs were worth far more than what they were listed for. Having this information on hand allowed me to cut to the chase with negotiating!

Don’t be afraid to get down and dirty! Inspect furniture for structural soundness, loose joints, and woodworm damage. Check for cracks in ceramics and tarnishing on metals. Be meticulous, as restoration costs can quickly outweigh the initial bargain.
Vendors are a wealth of information. Engage them in conversation! Ask about the piece’s history, origin, and potential for restoration. Their insights can be invaluable, and a friendly rapport may even lead to a better deal.
A real life example of this was when I showed a local dealer a photo of the light I was searching for. She knew exactly what it was called and when it dated back to, which allowed me to zero in my online search more precisely. And now this beautiful skyscraper pendant is the star of the show in my kitchen!

Don’t be intimidated by haggling. Research fair market values beforehand and be prepared to negotiate. Remember, a polite and informed approach goes a long way. And in the end it’s okay to walk away if the item is overpriced.
Embrace the potential for transformation! Look for pieces with good bones that can be repurposed. An old dresser can become a chic bathroom vanity, or vintage suitcases can be stacked to create a unique coffee table. Or another example below: repurposing a spittoon as a vase!

Don’t shy away from pieces with minor flaws or wear. These imperfections tell a story, adding character and warmth to your space. Remember, true beauty often lies in the subtle imperfections.
Capture photos of pieces that catch your eye, even if you don’t purchase them immediately. Reflecting on your finds later can spark inspiration for hunting online on facebook marketplace, etsy or other trade sites. I found the below bronze horse statue on an antique trip and recently spotted it on eBay for more than half off!

Remember, antiquing is an adventure, not a sprint. Enjoy the process, trust your instincts, and don’t be afraid to experiment. With these tips and a little practice, you’ll be well on your way to unearthing unique treasures that will add character to your home and spark conversation.
Happy hunting!

read more
Wallpaper is a powerful design tool, capable of injecting personality and drama into any space. After wallpapering four different spaces in my house (the dining room, back entry, powder room and toilet room) I have one main takeaway to share. Meticulous wall preparation is crucial. When done correctly, it will make your installation a breeze as well as ensure your wallpaper is adhered properly. Let’s delve into the key steps on how to prepare walls for wallpaper installation.



Remember, how to prepare walls for wallpaper can be a bit different for everyone as every wall is unique. Adapt these guidelines based on your chosen wallpaper’s specific instructions. With meticulous preparation and these expert tips, you’ll create the perfect foundation for a flawless wallpaper masterpiece. Happy decorating!

read more
When I bought this house in 2018, it came with 11 ceiling fans. ELEVEN! No offense against ceiling fans, but that really seemed like such a wasted opportunity to me. You see, I view light fixtures as artwork. They are the true jewelry of a room and in most instances, the only thing adorning your 5th wall. This is an amazing opportunity to dazzle!
Today I’m rounding up my top four spaces where I believe the light fixtures act as a true work of art. Lucky for both of us, I have plenty of spaces left to finish so this is simply the beginning of a very long love story.
We may as well start things off with a bang. When I was designing my dining room, I knew I wanted it to feel traditional but not stuffy. Once I settled on a wallpaper, I set my sights on finding a chandelier that was a statement but one that wouldn’t necessarily overpower the wallpaper.


The Talia Chandelier by Julie Neil for Visual Comfort truly strikes that balance in a way I’m not sure another light fixture could. It is like a cloud floating in the middle of my dining room and elicits a WOW from any newcomer that walks in. A true work of art, I’m still head over heels in love with it.
Everyone, meet Priscilla. She is the only light fixture in my house that is so special, I felt she deserved to be properly named. I did not stumble across Priscilla, I actively hunted for her.

I had been visiting my local Salvage shop here in Nashville quite regularly. In between those visits I’d find myself scrolling through their Instagram page. One day my scroll completely stopped when I found this beautiful blue light fixture. I went into the shop and showed them the picture, hoping to learn more about the light. I learned this specific light fixture is called a skyscraper pendant, and is from the 1930’s. Unsurprising, they are quite rare to find (and are priced accordingly).

Determined to find my own, I began to actively search Google. After several weeks, I finally found a small shop in Phoenix that had several of these exact blue skyscraper pendants. The best part? They were priced for 75% less than what my store in Nashville had priced theirs. I called the shop owner and to his dismay and my delight, the pricing was old and had not been updated. He honored the pricing and the rest is history. Priscilla is the perfect addition to my little breakfast nook.
After I decided the cozy tv room needed to be color drenched, I also knew the previous boho beaded chandelier had to go (we all make mistakes, okay???). With the new dark paint as a backdrop, I felt this would be the perfect opportunity for something brass. It would pop against the dark ceiling but also compliment the other brass pieces in the space (the Primrose Mirror, Brass art lamp, etc).


Enter this beautiful golden leaf chandelier. It is eye catching but not dominant, and with 8 lights gives off plenty of brightness for the dark space. Who could ever want a ceiling fan in place of this beautiful light fixture?!
Last but certainly not least is my little crown jewel, located in the living room. I purchased this light fixture for my previous house, and it was one of the things I insisted was coming with me. And it will continue to move with me shall I ever move again.


It really looks like royalty to me, with both its shape and it’s jewels throughout. I think this piece strikes the perfect soft balance for the overall living room aesthetic and couldn’t imagine anything else that could be more perfect in this space.
Do you see what I see now? The ceiling is truly a canvas to use light fixtures as artwork. Yes, there are places such as bathrooms and kitchens where task lighting is essential, but in the majority of your spaces I hope you can see this as an opportunity to elevate your design. Good design does just that: it’s the balance between beauty and function. You can in fact have your cake and eat it too!

read more
Happy Valentine’s Day! Who doesn’t love an excuse for a sweet treat?! Whether you’re celebrating as a couple, with your best gal pals or are declaring it a party of 1, these mini molten red velvet cakes are the perfect way to be a little festive. Single servings, easy to make and beyond impressive to look at, these cuties only take 20 minutes to bake. Get ready to impress with this easy yet decadent recipe!





read more
For me, the journey of transforming my house truly started with a paint brush. While I’ve been painting for decades at this point, it wasn’t until recently that I decided to paint the trim between the cozy room and back entry two different contrasting colors. With that decision, came learning how to get razor-sharp crisp paint lines. While I was a bit intimidated at first, I’m here to share it’s quite easy! I’m excited to share my tips with you today – let’s get to it.

Before you do anything, you need to properly clean the area that’s going to be painted. If you don’t, your tape won’t adhere properly and you’ll have a mess on your hands. Use dish soap and warm water to wipe down the surface. Allow time to dry. Place your drop cloths around the work area.
For stripes, intricate patterns, or unwavering straight lines, employ a level and pencil to lightly mark your desired design. Remember, these markings are temporary guides.
Apply your frog tape along your markings or directly on the surface. Press firmly, especially at edges and corners. In fact, I like to run a putty knife along the tape to ensure it’s sealed.

Here’s the Pro tip you’ve been waiting for. Before introducing the contrasting color, paint a thin layer of the basecoat over the exposed frog tape edge. This seals microscopic gaps and prevents paint migration. Allow for complete drying.

Now, the moment you’ve awaited! Utilizing your brushes or roller, apply the contrasting color, ensuring it reaches and slightly overlaps the frog tape’s edge. Avoid overloading tools, as excess paint can lead to unwanted bleeding. Remember, thin coats applied in layers yield the most flawless finish.


With wet paint, meticulously peel the frog tape back at a 45-degree angle. This maneuver guarantees a clean, crisp separation. It should be perfectly crisp! However should minor imperfections arise, employ a small brush dipped in the basecoat for wet-paint touch-ups.

Shop my favorite painting supplies!


read more
If you were following along with my 2024 project list, you’ll remember seeing the back entry on the short list. This is a tinier space, but I definitely underestimated its significance last year when I was updating the cozy tv room. A true bridge between the dark moody den and the bright white kitchen, this space was dying for some attention. And today that’s just what it’s going to get as I share the back entry reveal with you!

Once I figured out that what was bothering me about the space was the starkness from light to dark, I knew the answer was finding the perfect wallpaper. I needed this space to marry the light kitchen (plus the renovation of the kitchen I haven’t designed yet!) with the dark moody tv room. There was no question that once I found Vinnie Blue by Sandberg, that it was the answer.

I put together a mood board just to be sure, and added in the fun bells and whistles like the brass finishes and the trim color, which really pulled everything together. I was so confident in my design that I didn’t even order wallpaper samples, I just placed the order! I would not advise anyone to do this by the way…it is truly a roll of the dice.
Although this was a small space, there was a lot of prep work involved. Since the walls were a light cream, and I was using a dark wallpaper, it behooved me to prime the walls with a dark primer. This would ensure no seams would show in the event things weren’t 100% perfect. And since I’m a novice installer I felt it was a safe bet they would not be perfect.


In addition to the primer, this was also the time to pain the trim. Since I was wallpapering, things didn’t need to be perfect where the trim met the wall, which meant a little less prep work. I opted to paint the baseboards, ceiling, back door and transoms Accessible Beige by Sherwin-Williams in a Semi-Gloss finish. It’s the perfect color with the lighter colors in the wallpaper and I think will blend seamlessly into the new TBD kitchen design.
Once I was done with the paint it was time to wallpaper! This was my fourth time wallpapering and in hindsight I can say it was the best thus far. The quality of this paper by Sandberg was above and beyond, which really makes all the difference. It was heavy enough not to tear while I was placing it, but also not overly stiff and was easy to manipulate as needed.

The wallpaper installation itself took about 7 hours from start to finish. I used two rolls for this project with very little scraps to spare. There was certainly a moment when I thought I was going to run out of wallpaper but luckily I was able to make it work with what I had!
Finishing touches included a new brass switch plate cover and installing the cutest little brass bumble bee door knocker on the inside of my back door. Since the door itself is so plain, I thought this would be a fun way to jazz it up.
I’m absolutely in love with how the back entry turned out! Now when I sit in the kitchen or the cozy room and look towards this area, it is so pleasing to look at. My eyes want to stay on it, rather than move away from it.



It is still a bit surprising to me the impact such a small space can have on the overall flow of a home, but I agree that it’s all about details. The thoughtful details of this space and how it truly connects the rooms around it through bridging colors gives a more finished feeling to my downstairs floor plan. I hope you love it just as much as I do!
Sources:

read more
Lately we’ve been covering a lot of ground in our painting series, and have covered a wide range of topics. From the best painting supplies, to how to choose the right type of paint, and how to paint walls, ceilings and trim. Before we go any further, I thought we should quickly touch on the right way to clean your paint supplies, as well as how to properly store them. Taking these little steps can help your paint supplies last a lifetime and truly make them a one-time investment.

If you’re like me, you probably think this is a very straightforward task and why is there even a blog post about this. I know some of you are nodding. Well not so fast…when it comes time to clean up after your paint project, there’s a right way and a wrong way to clean your paint brushes (and I bet you never knew this). Lets quickly dive into the do’s and don’ts of properly cleaning and storing your paint supplies
If you’re able to clean-up immediately following your paint job, it will be much easier to remove the paint from your supplies, as you won’t allow it the chance to harden. In the event you cannot clean-up right away, you can wrap the brush with plastic saranwrap, and you can place the paint roller and tray in a garbage bag. This will prevent air from hardening the paint, and allow you more time to properly clean your tools.
Assuming you’re able to clean your supplies following the job…
Most paint brushes can be cleaned with water alone. The most important thing to note is to NOT turn your paint brushes upside down and run water through them. The paint brushes have spacers at the base, and allowing water to penetrate these will loosen the spacers and allow the bristles to fall out over time. Always keep your bristles pointed towards the bottom of the sink and run the water from top to bottom of the brush.
Paint tray, paint cups and roller clean-up is generally quite simple.
That’s all there is to it! By slowing down and taking a little bit more time to clean and store your paint supplies the right way, they’ll be a one-time investment and will last you a lifetime. Happy painting!

read more
One of the best designs a primary bathroom can have is a separate toilet room and I’m lucky enough to have inherited one. While I immediately went to work renovating the primary bathroom within the first month of closing on the house, I’ll admit that the toilet room was an afterthought. Now with a few years behind me, I’m excited to revisit this space and add some personality to what is essentially a powder room design.
The renovation brought the same classic white and black floor tile into this space, but not much else. After seeing the huge impact wallpaper can have in a small space (see the powder room flip) I knew I wanted to bring some wallpaper into this space.

It looks so sad doesn’t it?! You should have seen it before the renovation. It was extra sad!

Farrow & Ball’s block print stripe was the perfect choice, as it fit within the existing classic design of the overall space, but added some personality with the stripes and contrasted in a fun way with the checker floor tile. I used a dark grey grout on my floors and this wallpaper has a metallic silver stripe in it – they play off each other in such a fun way!
I had this wallpaper installed almost a year to the date, and while I absolutely love it, the space was still not feeling finished. Sounds like a job for some paint, doesn’t it? The cozy tv room is the first time I’ve painted my trim something other than white, and I think it’s safe to say I’m a bit addicted at this point. This space was begging for some colored trim and I had to try my hand at a classic black.

Initially I was planning to paint the baseboards, door and ceiling, but after starting with the baseboards I didn’t think it was necessary to change the ceiling. I kind of want the eye to stop with the wallpaper and bounce around the trim and tile.



After two coats on the baseboards and three coats on the door, I couldn’t be happier with these changes. I swapped out the boring white switch plate for a stainless steel option and upgraded the toilet paper holder to this fantastic lift arm style from Delta. I think it’s safe to say this space finally feels finished. What do you think?!


read more
I’ll be the first one to admit it: styling the perfect bookshelf is a lot harder than it looks. Flip through any magazine or take a scroll through Instagram, and the shelfies will look almost effortlessly designed. I can promise you that is not the case whatsoever and each shelf you aspire to create was meticulously planned.

After some trial and error over the past couple years (especially in the cozy tv room), I’ve found implementing a handful of design rules can be the saving grace for styling the perfect bookshelf. Follow along below as I share my design learnings.
A perfectly styled bookshelf requires a little upfront planning. Two of the most important things to think about are your color palette and the style of the room the bookshelf is in.
Color palette: When deciding on a color palette, you want to take inventory of the rest of the room and tie in colors from your existing decor to keep a cohesive flow. If you want to play it safe, plan to use a white as your base color, one metal finish, one wood finish and 1-2 accent colors.
Style: Similar rule of them when considering the style of the bookshelf. If your living room leans more traditional, then your shelf décor should have traditional elements rather than sleek ultra modern pieces.

As an example you can see my living room, which is where one of my bookshelves lives (on the opposite wall). This is a traditional space, but has modern elements such as the couch, chair, table and lamp. My primary accent color is a rust / orange / brass, so I’ll look to that color family first when thinking about decorative accents for my bookshelf.
Whether you’re shopping your house, a thrift store or online, you’ll stay organized and on track by keeping the bulk of your items to a handful of categories.
Once you have a handful of items gathered, it’s time to style your bookshelves! Be patient and have fun. You’re going to move things around and that’s okay. Below are some key design rules to help you style your perfect bookshelf.
Place your largest item(s) first and work backwards from there. This can be a large picture frame, or sculptural item. This is going to ground the shelves and we’ll work around them in the next steps.
Create triangles across your shelves using similar items. This method guides the viewers eye across the shelves and creates cohesiveness without us even realizing it. Look for triangles amongst your like items and shift them around if they’re not achieving a triangle.





A standard in all design is to cluster items in odds, as it’s more aesthetically pleasing. Place things in groups of three’s or five’s. We’re also going to use the triangle method above to create a variation in height while we’re doing this. Too many big items together look too uniform and too many small items can look cluttered.
Too much of the same looks unnatural, while mixed pairings create more visual interest for the eye. Specifically when you’re adding books onto your shelves, consider removing the jackets of your hardcover books. This will allow for a more cohesive look vs having all the colors of the rainbow. Outside of books, aim to pair brass alongside a warm wood. If you’re working on a white background, add something black to create some contrast.

A perfectly styled bookshelf is in the eye of the beholder and for many of us, happens over time. Don’t be afraid to step away for a moment and then come back to your bookshelf and rearrange items. As you add new books to your collection, or discover some new vintage treasures, your bookshelf may need to shift and that’s okay. These “rules” are not rules at all and are truly meant as a wireframe to help you plan and design your perfect space. Happy styling!

read more
Cold nights call for warm soups, and this homemade healthy chili recipe is one of my favorite soups to make. It’s a one pot meal with clean ingredients and provides ample leftovers. Grab your favorite pot and get ready to have some cozy soup nights.

Using a cast iron pot, cook your ground beef on medium heat until browned. Typically 4-5 minutes. Using a slotted spoon, remove the beef from the pot and set aside in a separate pan.
You’ll have leftover beef fat in the pot and we’ll use this to sauté our vegetables. Add diced onion, diced red bell pepper, garlic, salt, pepper, mustard powder, cumin, paprika and chili powder to the pot. Continue stirring until onions are translucent (typically 3-4 minutes).
Add cooked ground beef to the pot of vegetables and spices and stir together. Mix in canned tomatoes, beef broth and bay leaves. Turn heat to high and bring to a boil. Once soup begins to boil, turn heat to low and simmer for 45 minutes, stirring occasionally.
After 45 minutes, add in the can of black beans without draining. Stir thoroughly and continue to cook for an additional 15 minutes.
Remove bay leaves from the pot and your healthy chili is ready to serve! Garnishes for this dish are optional and can quickly turn the recipe a bit unhealthy. If you want to sprinkle in some additional flavor you can never go wrong with some shredded sharp cheddar cheese or a dollop of sour cream. Serve warm and enjoy!


read more
Today we’re taking a jaunt down memory lane, as I share the one of the first things I decided to do after buying this house: a primary bathroom renovation. There’s nothing quite like biting off more than you can chew, and I can say I confidently achieved that by renovating the primary bathroom with little to no design experience. What was I thinking, you might ask?

I wish I had more “before” photos, but I’ll do my best to fill in any gaps from the pictures I do have. The existing primary bathroom was definitely original to the house, and had not been updated (nor cleaned) since 1989. The square purple tiles in the shower and garden jacuzzi had dark grout that was not by design.


The vanity was so low I was bent over perpendicular to brush my teeth. And the shower was so narrow it was impossible to shave my legs without getting my hair wet. The jacuzzi tub also let out a fun mildew smell when you turned it on (and the water turned to brown).
It was not a question. This space needed updated immediately. While I certainly could have made do with redesigning the space as is, I decided to take this renovation a step further by really blowing it out (literally).
The original bathroom dimensions measured 10 feet wide by 9.5 ft deep. However, as luck would have it, the primary bedroom had a long narrow closet which backed up directly to the existing bathroom. It also had a spare room on the other side of it.

Knowing this, I decided to knock down the wall in between the bathroom and original closet and create one large space for the bathroom. This would allow me to get more creative with the overall design and not be restricted on space. By knocking down the closet wall, the primary bathroom would now be 10 ft wide by 14.5 feet deep.

One thing I’m so thankful for, is my decision to stick to a classic bathroom color palette. I went with a traditional black and white bathroom schematic, choosing a simple black and white checkered tile with dark grout. A classic white subway tile would line the shower, and brass fixtures would add in pops of color throughout the space.
The biggest pain point in the original bathroom was how narrow the shower was. With my new added space, I designed a large walk in shower that is 6 ft wide by 5 ft deep. You can quite literally have a dance party in it, and then take a rest on the built in bench afterwards.


A beautiful glass door with a black grid adds a pop of interest to the shower space and I splurged on a complete shower system by Delta with an adjustable wand and three jets. It’s in a beautiful brushed brass finish and I do not regret the splurge one bit.
The master bathroom already had a double vanity in place and since I liked this feature, I didn’t feel the need to rearrange the room. I kept the vanity where it was originally located but swapped out the original for a new 72″ black vanity (that’s the proper height) and updated the hardware. A quartz countertop was the perfect stone choice for a high traffic area like a bathroom vanity and matching brass fixtures from Delta complimented the shower system directly behind the vanity.

To break up the design, I found these beautiful sconces at Anthropologie which I felt complimented the classic style of the room and I added black round mirrors above each sink. Having lived with these for several years, I’m ready to swap these out for a more rectangular mirror that works better for the space. I was on a tight budget when I did renovated this bathroom and these mirrors have worked hard for the dollars!
I’ve always wanted a clawfoot tub! This was a big part of the design and I think it fits so beautifully into the classic style of the space. I do have a handful of regrets in hindsight…

I wish I would have chosen a tub that had white feet vs the oil rubbed bronze. While these almost look black, they are not black. So as part of a mini-refresh on this space I’ll be exploring ways I could potentially paint these a lacquered white, or even a brass.
Additionally, I wish I would’ve dared to mix metals in this space and the clawfoot tub would have been the perfect opportunity. While it’s not something I currently have planned to swap out, it’s something I’m going to learn from for the future.
The original master bathroom had the tiniest linen closet behind the entry door, so when I knocked down the original shower, I gave up that space. With the extra space adjacent to the shower, I was able to perfectly fit a gorgeous armoire from Anthropologie into this nook. This built in houses bed linens, towels, toilet paper and fun things like bath bubbles and salts.

Where’s the toilet? One of the blessings of this space was having an existing toilet room! I think this is such a wonderful feature for any bathroom and am so thankful this space already had this baked in. Since the initial renovation I’ve tried to add a little more personality into the space and wallpapering the toilet room has been one of the best updates thus far.

I’m going to take it one step further in the coming weeks and paint the trim, ceiling and door of the toilet room a pretty black color matched to the wallpaper. I think it will really pop and tie the wallpaper and tile floor together in a beautiful way. After painting the trim in the powder room and cozy room last year, I can’t stop thinking about more places to incorporate non-white trim and am so excited to try my hand with black.
Are there things I would do differently if I had the chance to design this space all over again? Absolutely. But am I incredibly proud of what I designed in my head and brought to life? 100%.

Stay tuned for some little updates to this space throughout the year, as well as some follow-up thoughts on what I’d do differently the second time around.
Light Sconces (sold out)
Round 24″ Black Vanity Mirrors
Anthropologie Black Storage Cabinet

read more
It’s funny how cyclical life can be sometimes. Every year, I get so excited about the holidays for many reasons, but deep down I think I’m welcoming a break from renovating and DIY-ing. I’ve always made myself stop house projects to enjoy the holidays with family, savor the holiday décor and get out of the house. At the same time, each year around mid-December I start dreaming up the following year’s project list. This year was a little bit different, because the 2024 project list daydreaming started at the beginning of December.
There is so much I want to accomplish this year, but I had to reel myself back a bit and try to make this as realistic as possible. In no particular order, here’s my condensed 2024 project list.

The dining room has seen a lot of change over the past year and we’re almost complete at this point. As I was setting the space for Thanksgiving this past year, I couldn’t help but think about how traditional the space is and how it’s really missing molding below the chair rail.
Molding is on my list for at least two additional projects this year, so I plan on diving into some tutorials and getting familiar with power tools. I’ll likely start my molding journey with the dining room because it’s a smaller amount of molding that will need cut. Stay tuned for more on this space!

Okay, everyone has this one room and this one is mine. The laundry room is the catch all space. The unsightly room that just can’t seem stay organized no matter how hard I try. I need to start moodboarding color schemes for this space but my initial plans include adding a chair rail and wainscoating to the bottom 2/3 of the space, and then wallpaper on the top 1/3.
I recently laid these floorpops just to make the space a little less of an eyesore when the door is open, and while I’m happy with them, I’m daydreaming about tile for this space. Learning how to tile has been on my list and I’m fantasizing about a classic penny tile with a fun border.

Last year, I color drenched the cozy tv room and ever since then, I’ve been questioning my decision on where I stopped the color around the doorway casing. I think I should have gone in a little bit deeper.
Well, wandering minds can’t be helped. I’m officially going to carry the color into this back hallway trim, and then wallpaper the space. We’ll add a new light, paint the ceiling and this existing rug I purchased last year will still be perfect. I’m still a TBD on whether or not I’ll paint the back door the same trim color, or if I’ll attempt to strip it down to it’s natural wood finish.

Similar to so many, back in 2020 I officially converted an upstairs extra bedroom into an office space for myself. Since then, there’s no going back as I love being able to separate work from my other living spaces. However with the new flooring, I want something a bit more elevated and refined vs the peel and stick banana leaf wallpaper I hung.
I plan to add wallpaper to all four walls, paint the trim / doors / ceiling an actual color, swap out the light fixture and add in a new rug. I’m truly so excited to convert this space and feel more inspired while I’m doing work at home.

Similar to a lot of spaces in my house, the primary bedroom has gotten several band-aides since I bought the house nearly six years ago, however it’s time for a full makeover. I plan on fully color drenching this space, adding in new blackout curtains, updating the bedding, switching out the nightstands and adding a cozy rug. Once I fully moodboard everything out, we’ll see if the pink fringe chandelier will still work for the new space.

This has been bugging me for years. At one point in time, it must have been trendy to match your trim color to the color of your brick mortar. I’m itching to update the exterior trim color and am leaning towards a dark charcoal grey.
I’ll be photoshopping this in the coming months and would love to have this completed in the first half of the year. For better or worse, the exterior work is going to cause a domino effect of work, as there’s some wood rot along some of the casing and I’ll likely need new gutters. And if you subscribe to my monthly newsletter, you’re already aware about the drama with the garage door. So I’ll be getting a new one of those as well this year. We may as well landscape while we’re at it, right?!

Am I saving the best for last? Maybe. The previous owners had partially updated the kitchen by adding granite counter tops and painting the existing cabinets. Since I’ve moved in, I’ve scraped the popcorn ceilings, updated the cooktop, replaced the refrigerator and dishwasher, and added new hardware to the cabinets.

As much as I had hoped that would get us to a good place with this kitchen, we’re just not there. After the new hardwood flooring installation, and all the updates to the surrounding spaces like the cozy tv room, dining room and powder room, the kitchen needs to catch up to the rest of the house.
I’ve updated the little breakfast nook with a new table, some antique chairs and a beautiful antique art-deco light fixture. This tiny space that feels completed is giving me just enough of a tease that I’m finally ready to attack the larger portion of the room.

Since the kitchen is truly the heart of the home, I’m not taking this design lightly. Expect to see more in the coming months as I work through a few final big decisions I’m struggling with. In the short term, expect to see some progress on the back entry way to give me a little momentum as I work up to these bigger areas.

read more
As we turn the page to 2024, I’m sharing my predictions for the top home decor trends and interior design styles we should expect to see more and more of. These themes will spill into all facets of home, from decorating inspiration to kitchen and bathroom designs.
Based on what I’ve observed coming out of the 2024 fashion previews, as well as simply paying attention to common themes I’m noticing across social media, I feel confident sharing these predictions for the coming year. And let me just say, I’m not mad about any of them! In fact, I feel this just might be my year, as many of these truly resonate with my own style. Without further ado, lets get to it!

When I say color, I mean COLOR. Get ready for bold and rich hues of blues, reds, greens and yellows. Green made a big splash last year, and I think we’ll continue to see it stick around, but get ready to see more reds. Specifically, I’ve been noticing an earthy, brown hue of red popping up more and more. It’s a bold choice, but when done correctly it’s high impact.

Brass fixtures have been reigning supreme over the past several years, and while brass certainly isn’t going anywhere, you should expect to see more and more silver tones coming into the fold this season. We’re seeing this in fashion and I think it’s time for the cycle of home finishes to start to slightly shift. Expect to see more and more mixed metals as part of many interior designs.

The days of minimalism and white boxes for rooms is gone. Get ready to swing hard in the other direction with a new trend of maximalism. Think layered textures, bold colors and a truly collected space.

We’re seeing the return of patent leather in fashion and I expect to see this trend translate into home design through high gloss finishes. This could be with high gloss paint or even more mirrored backsplashes. Expect to see some shine in 2024!

Pattern has made its way back into the fold via the comeback of wallpaper of the past few years (more on that below) but expect to see more and more of it. Patterned drapes and even pattern coming back on furniture. I anticipate seeing pattern on pattern as well, whether a patterned sofa in a wallpapered room or a juxtaposition of geometric prints against floral designs. While this could leave some of us that lived through the late 80’s and 90’s a little shook, I encourage you to get excited. I think there is a tasteful way to do this and I’m excited to see how this trend emerges with a new spin!

Spilling off the theme of pattern, wallpaper is here to stay. We’ve seen it making a slow comeback over the past few years leading as a solution to add texture into rooms and then finally incorporating pattern. Get ready to see it make a big splash this year, and watch people get bolder with it. I’ve been seeing more and more wallpaper on the ceilings and its been quite fun.

This past year we started to see the return of wood cabinetry and I expect that trend to continue into 2024. Along the overall theme of rich colors, I think we’ll start to see some rich and warm wood tones come back into the fold via cabinetry, furniture and even trim.

This should come as no surprise but expect to see more and more people embracing giving new life to old items. Whether sourced through Facebook marketplace, estate sales or thrift stores, the trend to shop used vs buy new is here to stay.
How exciting is this one? I hope I’m right about this. I think we’ll start to see more of an “anything goes” mentality to design, as long as it’s in good taste.

I’ve seen more and more traditional design over the past year and I believe that is here to stay, but with a little twist. Expect to see a reimagination of traditional design this year, and unique spins on what tradition means to each person.
While these are my personal predictions for the year, I truly hope I’m right about all of them! I am ready to see more styling, textures, colors and pattern across interior design, and truly believe a home is collected not decorated. Your home is a representation of you, and I don’t know anyone who is a plain white box.
What do you think about these design predictions? Is there anything you would add? Take away? What are you most excited about?

read more
These homemade cinnamon rolls are soft, fluffy and are topped with a gooey cream cheese icing. They rival a Cinnabon and for good reason: I spent months tweaking and perfecting the recipe. Through some trial and error, I’m happy to share the final recipe with you today, as well as some tips and tricks that will help ensure they turn out perfect.

1 packet (1 Tablespoon) active yeast
1 teaspoon sugar
1 cup whole milk (heated to 110 degrees F)
½ cup sugar
6 tablespoons unsalted butter
1 teaspoon vanilla
2 eggs (room temperature)
1 teaspoon cinnamon
1 teaspoon salt
4 ½ cups bread flour
½ cup brown sugar
½ cup sugar
2.5 Tablespoons cinnamon
1 Tablespoon regular white flour
4 Tablespoons unsalted butter (melted)
2 oz cream cheese
2 Tablespoons unsalted butter
1 Cup powdered sugar
½ teaspoon vanilla
Before we get started, I want to share some tips that I’ve uncovered through trial and error. I’ll preface by saying this is very much a science project, so if it’s listed a certain way, I encourage you to follow the instructions and not make substitutions.
I initially tried this recipe with regular flour and I will say, bread flour makes all the difference. It makes the rolls less dense, and gives them that fluffy and moist texture that we all desire. Spring for the bread flour.
Listed above in the ingredient sections are two important notes about the temperature of two ingredients. Eggs: make sure these are room temperature. Milk: heat this in the microwave for a minute or until it reaches 110 degrees F. This will make for a bettering proofing process with the yeast.
We’ll get to this in the instructions below, but I want to call out two important items when it comes to your cinnamon roll filling.
Note: As each oven is a little different, I’d suggest setting a timer for 17 minutes the first time you make these, and see how far along your rolls are.
Frost cinnamon rolls and serve warm!

If you’re enjoying these beyond the first day, I find warming them up in the microwave for 20 seconds makes them taste like they’re right out of the oven!

read more
As we inch closer and closer to Christmas Day, I’m soaking up every moment of enjoying the Christmas decorations around my house. The house has seen some big updates this year, most notably the hardwood floors and staircase, so I felt it was only fitting to spring for some new Christmas décor this season. Follow along as I walk you through four of my favorite spaces.

The staircase is the first thing you see upon entering my home and I wanted it to make an impression while being welcoming. I created a sweeping design with Afloral’s Norfolk pine garland and its the perfect whimsical welcome for this space. I topped the design off with some pretty vintage looking burgundy ribbon and tied some brass bells to the newel post for an extra layer of texture.


The dining room saw plenty of action over Thanksgiving, and I honestly had no plans to decorate it. But then I remembered I had my grandmother’s red table cloth. And then I was gifted a pretty white poinsettia. And then I recalled I had some red taper candles and an extra ceramic Christmas tree. Before you knew it, I was adding another two pieces of Crate & Barrel’s prelit garland above my windows and this space was a festive treat for the eyes.



The formal living room is right off the main hallway, and it gets some of the best natural light in the house. I thought it was only fitting to carry the Norfolk pine into this space in a few different spots. The mantel with a sweeping asymmetrical design, matching Norfolk pine wreaths on the windows topped with khaki velvet ribbon, and a pretty but simplistic table arrangement for the coffee table.



By keeping the garland simple, my new flocked tree was really able to shine in the space and it is decked to the nines with vintage ornaments, both from my grandparents as well as from local antique stores I’ve been frequenting. I can’t wait to continue to collect more and more vintage glass ornaments over the coming years to build my collection.


Last but certainly not least is the cozy tv room. This space got a makeover earlier this year when I decided to color drench the entire room. And while painting this space for the third time was the last thing I wanted to do, I kept telling myself how amazing it was going to look at Christmas. Lets just say it has wildly exceeded my expectations.

After a ton of research on how to pick the perfect Christmas tree, I splurged for a 7.5′ prelit Sanibel Spruce from Balsam Hill, and she is a beauty! I also added more of my favorite pre-lit garland from Crate & Barrel on the mantel and chose to create a beautiful draping design for this space.

Two matching cedar wreaths from Anthropologie adorn each window with leftover burgundy ribbon and I love seeing them pop when I walk into this space throughout the day.


I created a monochromatic village on my bookshelves by flipping the books around and painting the ceramic houses a creamy white. Pine tree candles are sprinkled throughout and my great-grandmother’s reindeer are staged on the center bookshelf. I added remote controlled tea lights in each house and love how easy it is to turn the village on and off every night. Remember plugging everything in and having cords everywhere? These tea lights have made everything so much more seamless and clean!


I went above and beyond with Christmas décor this year, but I have to say I don’t regret any of it. In fact, I’m already looking forward to sprinkling in holiday cheer into more spaces next season. The primary bedroom, kitchen and main bathroom are all on the list for spaces I hope to spotlight in a bigger way.
Whether you go big for Christmas, or prefer to keep things simple, I hope you’re able to take a quiet moment to yourself over the next few days to enjoy your home for the holidays. There is something so special about the warm glow of a Christmas tree, the scent of the perfect pine candle and the nostalgia of decorations passed down throughout the years.

Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays to you and yours. Thank you once again for being here and I can’t wait to continue this journey with you in 2024!

read more
Last week, I shared I upgraded my holiday garland this year and I took you along for the ride on how I styled my staircase with the Norfolk pine real touch garland. We’re going to keep the garland theme and move onto the fireplace mantles. That’s right, fireplace mantles as in more than one! Since I’m lucky enough to have two mantles, I decided it might be fun to try two different techniques for hanging garland on the mantel. Today we’re going to focus on a symmetrical draped look in the cozy tv den.
If you’re new here, you might have missed the massive transformation this room has gone through. We went from a band aide to a full on color drench in a dark blue grey, and this room is just begging for Christmas decorations. Since it’s now such a dark space, we are going to go a little “extra” in here this year, and sprinkle in several different layers of lights.

In the past, I’ve set my garland on top of the mantel, hung stockings on the sides and middle, and called it a day. This year, I felt I could do better. I spent quite a bit of time in November browsing garlands, and I stopped my scroll when I found Crate & Barrel’s faux hemlock pine pre-lit garland. It’s a fuller garland, and drapes beautifully, plus it has battery packs that can operate on a timer. I was able to go into the store to see it in person and it was just as beautiful as it was online.
With the size of my specific fireplace and mantel, two of these 74” garlands was just perfect to achieve the look I wanted. Since the garland is extremely heavy, I did not want to rely on command hooks. I also didn’t want to run the risk of the command hooks peeling off the paint on my shelving.
Luckily, since this is a 90’s house, my mantel is made out of wood which means I can easily drill into it. I decided to use 7/8 inch matte brass cup hooks for this and drilled on the inside lip of the mantel, disguising the visibility of the holes. I placed a hook four inches from both ends of the mantel and placed a third in the center.


Placing a zip tie halfway up one piece of garland, I hooked it on one edge of the mantel. From there, I hooked it onto the center hook. I repeated this on the other side, and with some adjusting of the zip ties, I had a romantic look with minimal effort.


After the holidays wrap, I’ll unscrew the cup hooks and store them for the following year, and no one will know there was ever a hook there in the first place. What do you think about hanging garland on the mantel this way? I love the look of it, and can also rest easy knowing these hooks are tightly secured, and my garland is safe.


Faux Hemlock Pine Pre-lit Garland
Sharpie

read more
What’s better than decorating your mantel for Christmas? Decorating two mantels! Yes that’s right, I am lucky enough to have two working fireplaces in this house, which was one of things that hooked me from the beginning. Last week, I shared my symmetrical draped look in the cozy tv den. To keep things interesting, I decided to try my design skills at an asymmetrical look for my second fireplace. My goal was to layer the garland and create a whimsical and effortless look.

In the past, I’ve set my garland on top of the mantel, and didn’t really change much of the other décor out. This year, I knew I could up the ante and have been pinning ideas for months. Since my living room flows right off the main hallway, I thought it would make for a holistic design to continue the Norfolk real touch pine garland which I used on the staircase, into this room. The living room also gets a significant amount of light, and with a flocked tree in the corner, I didn’t think we needed to illuminate the mantel as well. Sometimes simple is better!
Follow along for a step-by-step tutorial of how to layer garland on the mantel, and some of the tricks I implemented along the way.
When I installed the hemlock pine garland in the cozy den, I chose to drill into the wood mantel and install cup hooks (a full tutorial is coming soon!). While this mantel is also wood, I wanted to try using command hooks first before drilling.
I purchased four Command Cord Bundlers from Amazon, which is what I needed to get the job done – this mantel is huge!

Before you start peeling and sticking, it’s important to prepare your surface. The three most important steps to follow are:

Your garland design will dictate how you space out your command bundlers. Are you creating a symmetrical design? Then place the command strips evenly. Are you adding extra garland on one side of the mantel (or both?)? Double up the command strips in those areas to help even the weight.
Place your cord bundlers onto the cleaned mantel and press firmly on top. Wait 1-2 hours to allow for proper bonding time before hanging your garland.


A little secret from the design world: use a less expensive base garland to start. It’s like a little petticoat. No one needs to know what’s underneath, but it will fill all the gaps for you. I chose to set my base garland right on top of the mantel and it covered the cord bundlers. This is a great economical garland to use as a base if you don’t already have one.

For this look, I used 4 of the 5 foot Norfolk Pine real touch garlands. I started at one end of the mantel, bundling with the cord bundles as I went, and kept hanging the garland on the mantel from there. Layering with some overlap was essential to achieve a fluid look. Two pieces covered the entire front of the mantel. From there, I used the last two pieces to drape in a dramatic fashion on the right side of the mantel.

To avoid gaps, it’s best to use some floral wire and gently tie the garland that overlaps together. Things will adjust over time and this will help avoid any gaps in between your pieces.

Fluff the garland, move some pieces or even layer in some additional stems to hide the command bundles, floral wire and anything else that may be unsightly. This pretty cedar greenery is a great option!
This will depend on your overall design, but because I went for an asymmetrical look, I needed to balance the other side of the mantel with some additional décor. I opted for two cream knit stockings from Anthropologie. On top of the mantel, I left my four vintage candlesticks and the picture of my grandparents in a gold frame with large cream matte. I added a couple more brass candlesticks to the right side just to fill the space above.



The final look captures the whimsical and effortless look I set out to achieve! For my first year hanging garland on the mantel, I’m so pleased with how everything turned out. What do you think? How do you decorate your mantel? Drop me a comment below and let me know!

read more
Let’s be honest, choosing the perfect Christmas tree can be overwhelming and sometimes you can be paralyzed by all the decisions that go into it. I should know, I just went through it this year! But I’m here to tell you it doesn’t need to be difficult. Today I’m sharing all of the things I considered before buying my new tree(s). Follow along and no matter your home size or style, I have everything you need to consider for choosing the perfect Christmas tree.
The age-old debate. Real trees are undeniably magical: that piney scent, the fresh-cut sap, the Charlie Brown-esque hunt in the lot. But let’s be real, they’re also messy, high-maintenance divas that drop needles like confetti and leave you vacuuming tinsel till February.
Enter the artificial tree – the ever-loyal, low-maintenance old faithful. No shedding, no watering, just effortless Christmas cheer year after year. But can they really capture the magic?
Well, I’m here to tell you they can. This year, I snagged two artificial stunners that are basically the Beyonce and Jay-Z of Christmas trees:


See, this is where things get personal. Are you a minimalist Scandinavian kinda person? Go green – it’s clean, classic, and pairs well with pops of color. But if you’re all about the maximalist Martha Stewart life, flocked is your jam. It’s instant winter wonderland, perfect for piling on ornaments and twinkling lights.
Full trees are the crown jewel of the bunch: bold, voluminous, and ready to command attention. They’re perfect for grand spaces and statement decor. But if your living room is more of a cozy nook, a thinner tree is your soulmate. It won’t overpower the space and lets your ornaments shine.
Ceiling height is key: measure, measure, measure! But don’t be afraid to think outside the box. A towering tree in a small space can be dramatic and whimsical. And a mini tree on a pedestal? Instant chic.
There’s no one-size-fits-all answer. It’s all about your personal aesthetic and lifestyle. Embrace the artificial revolution or stick to your real tree roots. Go full-on Extra with a flocked masterpiece or keep it classic with a timeless green. Just remember, choosing the perfect Christmas tree means picking the one that makes your heart sing when you turn on the lights.



read more
Happy Thanksgiving! As I’ve gotten older, Thanksgiving has inched its way to the top of the list as my favorite holiday. I love having the opportunity to spend quality time with my family and being able genuinely enjoy the long weekend. It feels slow, intentional, and warm.
This year has been difficult in many ways. Most notably it’s been filled with quite a bit of loss. As I reflect on this, I can’t help but be reminded by something someone once said to me. At my previous job, my boss at the time unexpectedly lost his mother right before the holiday season. It was awful. When I called him to share my condolences, he said his father once told him: “When you experience loss, you should count all of the things you do have.” It was something so simple yet so profound.
So, I want to take this opportunity to share the things I do have, and be intentional about cherishing them. I challenge you to do the same. Extra points if they’re things money can’t buy!
Always at the top of my list, I’m so grateful and thankful for my wonderful parents. Growing up, I thought everyone’s family was just like mine (because most of them in my hometown were!) but as I’ve left the nest and stepped into other people’s lives, I realize how lucky I am to have parents like mine. They are my biggest cheerleaders and are such an inspiration to me. Both as individuals and as a model relationship.
Up until this year I still had three grandparents, and I realize what a rarity that is this late in life. As life goes, I unfortunately lost both grandmothers this year, leaving me with one remaining grandfather. Even though you know it’s coming, it doesn’t make it any easier. I’m thankful for all the wonderful memories I have with each grandparent. When I see certain things, or smell certain smells, I’ll always be reminded of them. And of course, I’m especially thankful for my remaining grandfather, Poppa Eddie as well as all of my amazing Aunts, Uncles and cousins.
I’ve been blessed to have an incredible community of friends both near and far. It’s so important to know you can always count on someone when you need them. When I think about it, I need more than two hands to count the number of people that I know I can truly count on. How lucky am I?! Having a friend I can just sit still with, or a friend I know I can confide in with absolute trust is one of the most valuable things in life.
If you know me personally, you likely know I’ve always loved design. Unfortunately, it’s not what I’m currently doing for a living, but I started this website and this brand as a way of dipping my toe into the design world. The sense of purpose this has given me, and the amazing community of like-minded people I’ve found in such a short time has been overwhelming and unexpected. This has been something I’ve thought about doing for years, and self-doubt has stopped me time and time again. I’m so glad I finally mustered up the courage to just go for it.
Lastly, if you made it this far, I want to say I’m thankful for YOU! Thank you for taking an interest in this project. Every comment, every like, every share, every follow – they all truly mean the most to me. I hope to continue to give back to you in the coming months and years. Whether it’s through education, inspiration, or just plain entertainment. Thank you for following along and all your support. I couldn’t do this without you!
In good fun, I’ll share I’m extra thankful to be done hand scraping 3,000+ square feet of popcorn ceilings. I’m also thankful I’m not living through a hardwood flooring renovation. I’m looking forward to some less dusty renovations for 2024 (more on that soon!).

I hope each of you have a wonderful Thanksgiving with friends and family. Remember to take a moment to tell the people in your life how much you love them. And if you get a quiet moment to yourself, I hope you’ll think about all the things you have that money can’t buy.

read more
Today I’m sharing something I wish I would have done years ago: protecting my leather sofa. My beautiful camel colored leather couch from West Elm was delivered the week I closed on my house and unfortunately there was so much chaos that I never got around to properly protecting it. Had I done so, I would have been able to prevent sun damage as well as general wear and tear from everyday use. Luckily, it’s still in decent shape, and by learning how to properly clean and condition leather furniture, I’ve been able to bring it back to life.


Follow along as I guide you through a quick and easy tutorial on how to clean and condition leather furniture using a leather cleaning and conditioning kit. This is an important step in keeping your leather furniture looking and feeling its best, and it’s something that should be done regularly.
Leather is a natural material that can become dry and cracked over time, especially if it’s not properly cared for. Cleaning and conditioning your leather furniture helps to remove dirt and grime, and it also helps to keep the leather hydrated and supple. This will help to prevent the leather from cracking and peeling, and it will also help to keep it looking its best.

How often you need to clean and condition your leather furniture will depend on a few factors, such as how much use it gets and how dusty your home is. In general, it’s a good idea to clean and condition your leather furniture every 3-6 months.

Remove all cushions from your furniture (seating and backrest cushions) and set aside. Using your vacuum hose extension, vacuum on the base as well as in all crevices and seams. We don’t want to put our clean cushions back in the dirt!
Shake the cleaning solution well, and spray 2-3 pumps directly onto your microfiber cloth. Gently wipe along the tops and sides of each cushion, making sure to get in between any piping and seams. The effort you put into this step, will ensure the conditioner properly sets into the leather during the next step.
Clean cushions one at a time, and set aside to dry. Generally 30-60 minutes of drying time is sufficient.
Apply three lines of leather conditioning treatment to a new microfiber cloth. Gently massage onto the cushion, using circular motions. Work across the entire top side of the cushion, and then move along to the sides and seams.
Set each cushion aside to thoroughly dry.
If this is the first time you’re treating your leather furniture, I’d recommend a second set of conditioning. Repeat the above steps, and allow cushions to dry for 2 full hours before placing back onto the frame of the sofa.

While your cushions are drying, we’ll repeat the same steps above to the frame of the couch. Work along the outside and inside of the arm rests, the back of the couch and also along the bottom front.
Repeat each step above.
After two hours of drying time, you can place your cushions back onto your couch. I would recommend waiting at least 24 hours before putting pillows, throws, etc. back onto any surface. This will ensure everything has had a chance to set in and do its job.


Learning how to clean and condition your leather furniture is an important step in keeping it looking and feeling its best. By following the simple steps above, my camel colored leather couch is buttery soft and will last me for years to come. If you have leather furniture, trust me that it’s worth the small investment in a leather cleaning kit to protect your bigger investment.

read more
While I’m no stranger to hosting Thanksgiving, this will be my first time hosting both sides of the family which I’m very excited about. I love to cook, and especially love the excuse to make recipes I don’t get to make every day. Plus there’s just something special about those Thanksgiving staples like my mom’s stuffing, or a simple pumpkin pie. On the heels of finishing the dining room, I knew I wanted to make this Thanksgiving a little bit “extra,” and there’s no better place to do so besides setting a festive fall tablescape.

I’ll admit it: after the excitement wore off, the idea became a little overwhelming. Yes I can set a table, but no I have not created a centerpiece from scratch, nor does everything fit a certain color palette. Deep breaths. I set out to my go-to source for inspiration: Pinterest and after plenty of browsing, a few detours, and many pins, my vision started to take shape. As I know firsthand how overwhelming this can be, I wanted to share my top tips for designing your Thanksgiving table.
If you’re like me, when you think about autumn or Thanksgiving, you immediately think of colors like oranges, reds and yellows. While you should certainly plan to incorporate some of these colors into your fall tablescape, there are no hard and fast rules that these should be the only colors on your table. In fact, quite the opposite can be true.

Turning to a color wheel for some show and tell, you can see how certain colors compliment their primary counterparts. Apply this to your fall tablescape and think outside of the box a little.

While adding in some fresh fall flowers is certainly an option for your Thanksgiving table, there are other ways to incorporate botanicals that can really make a statement. This can include a floral tablecloth, or can even come in the form of candles like these pine cone candles. Or look to your dinnerware for inspiration: there are some amazing sets of flower patterned china at deep discounts across facebook marketplace, estate sales or vintage shops.

Gold flatware that is! I wanted to add a layer of warmth to the table, and before I knew any of my other elements, I knew that I wanted gold flatware. I found this amazing 40 piece set on amazon for a steal of a deal.

From there I browsed for some serveware additions that would make a statement and these large gilded spoons from Anthropologie were just the ticket. Don’t overthink getting an entire set that matches. Mine is a combination of pieces I’ve purchased throughout the years and I think it adds a layer of character to the table.

Whether it’s through small votive candles or large tapers of varying heights, sprinkle some candles throughout your table when and where you can. They add a layer of sophistication and so much warmth to the space. Turn on some background music (last year SiriusXM had an amazing Thanksgiving playlist) and the mood will be set for your guests to enjoy.


While the idea of designing the perfect Thanksgiving tablescape might seem overwhelming, it’s all about layering in small pieces that capture the spirit of the autumn season. Happy hosting!
Gold serveware – sold out (see similar)
Napkin rings – vintage. (see similar)
Brass candlesticks – vintage. (see similar)
China – vintage. I’d suggest visiting your local thrift store!

read more
Alright, so I’m taking the excitement I had to share the dining room progress report with you and I’m going to multiply that by ten for the dining room reveal!!! Are you ready for it? I am. I was beyond excited about how transformative the Cole & Son’s wallpaper was for this space, and we really kicked things up a notch with the Talia bubble chandelier from Visual Comfort. The room was really turning into the crown jewel of this house.

While all of that was amazing, these big changes really began to amplify that the dining room set needed a change. Or needed to be removed and replaced. You’ll recall during my dining room progress report that I just couldn’t stomach the idea of buying a new table that was going to be incredibly expensive and also very well likely not real wood. So even though this dining room transformation started out in a very non-DIY way, we’re going to roll up our sleeves for the finish line.
I’ll admit it, I was incredibly nervous to refinish this table. I have limited experience with refinishing anything besides trim work, and I have absolutely no experience with wood stain. And although this dining table weighs a ton, I also wasn’t fully convinced every single piece of it was real wood (here’s looking at you, legs). So I didn’t know what I was getting myself into, but I knew I was biting off a big project with the deadline of Thanksgiving looming.
After some extensive internet sleuthing, I decided to try Retique It in the Pecan finish. Do not ask me how this stuff works, but let me just tell you: it works. With some light sanding, a bit of patience and a lot of trust, I transformed my black dining room table into a beautiful soft wood table. It seriously looks like it was custom built for this space!

If you’re curious about the process to get here, you can check out my full tutorial and tips here.
I rounded out the dining room table with some antique bentwood chairs I found on facebook marketplace (at an amazing price). I love how understated they are, as there is already so much to look at in this space. Can you believe the original blue seat covering matches the wallpaper exactly? What are the odds! I’m still on the hunt for two more chairs to add to each end of the table, but am in no hurry as I have some substitute chairs I can use as needed. If I’ve learned anything over the past several years, it’s that it’s better to wait for the right thing than rush into something that you know doesn’t work.

The blue sideboard, which I had previously and is also from facebook marketplace, tucks nicely into the corner. It is the perfect little trophy case for some very special family keepsakes from both grandmothers (and from their grandmothers!). I love being able to look at these pieces and think of them. Eventually I plan to hang a mirror above this but I’m in no rush to put holes in this wallpaper.







After transforming the dining room table to the pecan finish, I do think there’s a bit much of wood on wood on wood, so I’ll be on the hunt for a rug to create some separation. Perhaps something clean with a light line or simple geometric pattern could play nicely with the floral wallpaper.
Nearing the end of the year, I’m beginning to shift focus to 2024, and have started a short list of projects both big and small I hope to complete for the house in general. One of those things is adding some millwork throughout the house and the dining room is one of those spaces. I think adding some custom trim to the lower half of the walls would really make sense for the style of this room. For now, it’s an idea living in my head, but don’t be surprised if you see an update about this next year!
The past few years open concept floors plans have been all the rage, but I’ll always be on Team Dining Room. I love the idea of defined rooms that can have their own personality and special set of memories. For me and this particular space, that includes hosting family and gathering around delicious food. I’m so thankful we have such a special place to make those kinds of memories in.

read more
The dining room flip has been one of my most exciting projects to date in this house, however I truly reached a sticking point when it came time to make decisions about the furniture. If you remember, I got a bit tripped up with the design plans for the dining room because of this black dining room table. I loved the table itself, but the black finish didn’t fit the style of the new dining room, nor would it go anywhere else in the house. Rather than buy new, I wanted to see how I could transform my existing dining room table.


I’ve always loved the look of a pecan dining room table, but they can be so expensive! So when I heard about Retique It, I was intrigued and started thinking about the idea of transforming my black dining room table to a pecan finish rather than buy new. I’ll admit, I was a little nervous at first, but the process was actually really easy and I was amazed by the results.
If you’re not familiar, Retique It is a product that includes actual wood fibers and allows you to refinish furniture without the need for sanding. It’s available in a variety of wood finishes ranging from light to dark, and also comes with a graining kit. What’s even better, it’s is non-toxic and water-based, and also has a low VOC content. This means it emits very few volatile organic compounds into the air making it safe for use around children and pets.
After even more online research about the product, I opted to buy the Retique It Table Top kit from Amazon. This kit included everything I needed for the project and also came with very clear instructions, as well as links to watch more online videos. I strongly recommend you determine how much coverage you need and order the corresponding kit. I ended up needing 16 oz of the Wood’n Primer to coat my table three times (more on that below).

Wipe your surface with a damp cloth to remove any dirt or debris. Go over it a second time using either Dawn dish soap, Krud Kutter or denatured alcohol + water. The instructions for this product were very clear not to use products with TSP, as this will prevent the wood based coating from adhering properly.

While the promise of Retique It includes no sanding, I was working with a pretty lacquered surface. I decided to give it a light sand just to be sure the product would properly adhere. I went over all surfaces (top, sides, legs, edges) with 220 grit sandpaper, then wiped down again with another round of Dawn dish soap.

I opted to order the table kit, which came with Retique It’s own paint brush. This brush is designed to create a slight wood grain, so while I have plenty of my own paint brushes I went ahead and used what was provided in the kit. I started with the Wood’n Primer that was included in the kit and painted a thin surface on all areas of the table. My recommendation would be to go light on this step, as you can always go over it again with another coat. With the first coat application, you can make shorter brush strokes and just focus on getting all areas covered. Let each coat dry at least two hours.
Since my table was black, I decided to put not one, but two more coats on the table. During your last coat of Wood’n Primer, work in smaller plank sized sections and apply the product with long brush strokes. Remember, you’re creating the look of wood grain which is continuous.
I will warn you during this phase, it’s going to look worse before it looks better. Trust the process and keep going.

This step is totally optional and I think it’s really to each their own. The kits come with two graining tools, which are large rubber stamps that mirror the look of wood grain. I’m opting not to do this, as I’d like a smooth looking finish and also feel there’s enough grain from the brush strokes, but if you do want to do this you’ll apply a thin coat of your Wood’n Stain in plank sized sections. Pull the graining tool through while the coat is still wet. If you mess up, just go over it again!
Using the same brush as my primer, the next step was to apply my Wood’n Stain in pecan finish. How many coats you decide to apply is truly up to you and the look you’re going for, but it can be anywhere from 1-3 coats. Each coat of Wood’n Stain will give you a deeper finish. For me personally, I decided to do two coats of the Pecan Wood’n Stain on the entire table and then one additional coat of the Gel Stain in Pecan just on the top of the table.
Just like the Primer, make your final coat in long brush strokes in the same direction for a seamless grain look. After using both the Wood’n Stain and the Gel Stain, I will share I prefer the Wood’n Stain. I found the Gel to be very runny and difficult to manage. If you have the option, I’d recommend finding a kit or purchasing the Wood’n Stain specifically. It goes on just a touch thicker.

An important note for those that have used other stains before: you do not wipe this stain like others. You simply apply it and let it dry for 2 hours in between coats.
We’re almost done! We just did all of this beautiful work, so now it’s time to protect your surface by sealing it. My kit came with a jar of Tripletique which is a waterbased epoxy alternative. The instructions state to stir this, not shake it, and apply thin layers until the entire container is finished. Drying time between coats is again 2 hours.

While I was initially hesitant about how to transform a black dining room table to a wood finish, I couldn’t be happier with the results. My old black dining room table is now transformed into a brand new pecan table. It cost me less than $100 and was a project I was able to complete inside of a weekend.
I would definitely recommend Retique It and feel it’s a product for any level of DIY experience. Just take some time to watch the tutorials in advance, or practice on an old piece of wood or furniture if you’re unsure. What do you think? Would you try this project? If you have questions drop them below in the comments section!






Retique It Table Top kit (pecan)
*this post is not sponsored. This is an honest review of a product I purchased myself and would recommend to others.

read more
I am beyond excited to share a dining room progress report with you today, as it’s turning out even better than I had ever dreamed! Last week I shared how my initial vision for the dining room did not pan out as I originally planned, but I trusted the process and kept designing until I felt one of my mood boards “stick” so to speak.
While part of this installation happened quite some time ago, I want to go back in time and walk you through the process of some of my decisions along the way. My hope is that by sharing my journey with this space, you’ll be armed with some things to consider for your next room flip.
Wallpaper can be a tricky thing. All too many times, I’ve fallen in love with a pattern online, only to be disappointed with how it translated in person. What we all hope for, is it will match up fairly well from onscreen to real life. In a rare case, the opposite will happen, and the wallpaper will be even more beautiful in person than on the screen. This was one of those moments.
The minute I pulled the first roll of this Cole & Son wallpaper out of the box, I was mesmerized. The print has texture to it, and almost appears like painting brush strokes, and the quality of the paper is simply beyond. I was already excited about the choice, but seeing and holding it in person just took everything to another level.

While I am a true DIYer at heart, I made the executive decision to hire this job out. I know, I know. While this isn’t the norm for me, I was able to find a wallpaper installer in my area that had amazing reviews and charged an incredibly reasonable rate. Weighing the cost of this particular wallpaper (it was expensive!!!), and the fact I waited a bit longer for it to arrive from London, I decided it was worth the extra expense to ensure it was installed perfectly. Looking back, I’m so happy I did this.
After I landed on the wallpaper, the lighting was the next design decision that followed. The wallpaper really feels like I’m bringing the outside in, so I wanted something that complimented that theme. The initial plan was this tiered chandelier by Visual Comfort. I loved the cascading globes, and the fact they were a frosted white would play so nicely with the palette that was currently unfolding with the wallpaper. However, I couldn’t get past the little crystals on the rod. I know it’s a tiny detail, but it’s one I would notice and likely fixate on.

Following the same theme, I continued my hunt until I found what I knew was “the one.” The Bubble Chandelier by Visual Comfort is what dreams are made of. I truly wish I had a picture of the size of the box this was delivered in. It was MASSIVE! The globes were in protective Styrofoam all organized by size, with a chart that showed how to assemble.
Along the same theme as the wallpaper, I opted to hire an electrician to install the cage of the chandelier. While I’ve learned how to rewire lighting on my own, I wanted to be able to stand back and look at the height from the table this would be. Again, super happy I just paid the $100 for the electrician to install the frame of the light. I was in charge of assembling all of the glass globes, which was actually quite fun! I enjoyed seeing it come to life and it really is a piece of artwork.
You’ll remember that during my mood board designs, the furniture was the biggest hang up for me in this space. I spent quite a bit of time browsing through dining set combinations, and at the end of the day, I cannot justify ordering something brand new. Especially when most of the pieces I’ve found definitely are not real wood. On the other hand, a black dining table just isn’t going to work in this space (or any other one in this house).

Since I really do love the actual dining table (the criss cross pattern and the shape of the legs are my favorite), I’m going to try my hand at refinishing it using Retique It. This process is currently giving me some stomach flips, as I admittedly do not know what I’m doing, but I’m deep into some YouTube tutorials and am determined to figure it out.
In the meantime, I found some adorable bentwood chairs on facebook marketplace from the 1950’s and immediately scooped them up! The upholstery is a blue that matches the wallpaper exactly! I mean, what are the odds right?! There are only four of these chairs, so I plan to find two additional chairs for each end of the table. I’m taking my time with this, as it’s not incredibly urgent at the moment.
The dining room progress is certainly taking its own shape, and I’m really learning to love the idea of letting the design process unfold the way it should. While we still don’t know what the finished result will actually look like, I feel confident it’s going to be even better than I had originally hoped.
In the coming days, I’ll be sharing the process of flipping my dining room table which will come with the good, the bad and the ugly. But hopefully there’s no ugly to report! All in all, I’ll include an honest review of the process and finished result. Following that, we’ll be primed for a full reveal of the finished dining room, just in time for Thanksgiving!

read more
When I bought my first house in 2011, I truly wish it would have come with a checklist of things I needed to do each year, and during each season. As with most things, I learned by doing (and failing!). Sometimes this was frustrating, and other times this was expensive. In an effort to help us save our money and our minds, I’ve put together a checklist of essential tasks to ensure your home stays warm, safe, and comfortable throughout the winter months. Winterizing your house is not just about keeping the cold out; it’s also about protecting your home from potential damage. So grab a cup of cocoa and let’s dive into how to winterize your home!
First on our winterizing checklist is cleaning those gutters. It might not be the most glamorous task, but it’s crucial. Clogged gutters can lead to ice dams, which can cause water to seep into your home and damage your roof. So get up there, remove leaves and debris, and make sure water flows freely.

Don’t forget to disconnect your garden hoses from outdoor faucets. Leaving them attached can lead to frozen and burst pipes. Drain the hoses and store them inside your garage or basement. As an added layer of caution, remove the nozzle from the hose. If you leave it attached (and leave it outside) you won’t be able to remove it in the future.

Your outdoor furniture deserves some TLC too. Store it inside your garage or shed, or use weather-resistant covers to protect it from the harsh winter elements. This will extend the life of your furniture and save you money in the long run. I bought these duck covers for my chaise lounges and they’ve held up in the elements for several years. Far worth the investment to protect the furniture!
Bring your potted plants indoors before the first frost hits. The cold can damage or kill delicate plants, so find a sunny spot for them inside your home to thrive during the winter.
If you’re a year-round griller, make sure to disconnect the propane tank and store it in a safe, dry place. Cover your grill to protect it from snow and moisture, which can cause rust and damage.
Oops, here’s a lesson I learned the hard way – don’t leave ceramic pots outside during winter! They can crack and break when water freezes inside them. Take them indoors, and your plants will thank you.

Before the deep freeze sets in, it’s essential to have your heating system checked and serviced. A well-maintained HVAC system will run efficiently and keep your home cozy without skyrocketing energy bills.
For those lucky enough to have a pool, it’s time to close it for the season. Clean and cover it to prevent damage from freezing temperatures. Blow the air out of the pipes, and add the necessary chemicals for your pool type and size to ensure an easy opening come spring time.

Dead limbs on trees can become brittle in cold weather and pose a risk to your property. Hire a professional arborist to remove deadwood to keep your home safe from falling branches.
Give your roof a once-over to check for any loose or damaged shingles. A small repair now can save you from costly leaks later.
Close any vents or openings around your home’s foundation to keep cold air out. This will also help with energy efficiency.

If you have a fireplace or wood-burning stove, have your chimney inspected and cleaned. A clean chimney is not only safer but also more efficient. To be on the safe side, it’s best to hire this job out to a professional.
Inspect doors and windows for drafts. Seal any gaps with weatherstripping or caulking to keep warm air in and cold air out. This will save on your heating bills and keep your home more comfortable.
Finally, don’t forget your garden. Cut back dead or frost-damaged flowers and plants to encourage healthy growth in the spring.
By tackling these tasks, you’ll ensure your home is ready to face the challenges of winter head-on. Not only will you enjoy a warm and cozy atmosphere inside, but you’ll also protect your investment by preventing potential damage. So grab your checklist, gather your supplies, and let’s make this winter a breeze!
Stay tuned for more DIY tips and home renovation inspiration. And in the meantime, Stay warm, friends!

read more
Just in time for the Thanksgiving holiday, the dining room is about to have the makeover she deserves. This room has been a slow progression, and honestly I wouldn’t have it any other way. While I’ve already finalized much of the design for this space, I want to bring you behind the scenes and share the final vision I have for the dining room makeover. It was not a straight and narrow path to get here, but I’m glad I exercised some patience during the design process and took my time with it. For some context, the dining room is the first room to the right when you enter through the front door. It’s an 11’x11’ room, and has two floor to ceiling windows looking out onto the front yard. It also has a swing door which opens up to the kitchen (I love this!) and is the only room in the house that has a chair rail (the moulding that’s towards the middle of the wall).
Since I had such a limited budget when I first bought the house, I focused on “resetting” the dining room and living with it for the first few years. This included scraping the popcorn ceilings, swapping out the light fixture with the one I had at my previous house and painting the walls a clean white. It wasn’t anything great, but I felt I had made it better than I had found it, and it was a band aide for the time being.


The chair rail in this space really had me fixated on installing wallpaper. I love the idea of breaking up a big pattern with some trim and this was the perfect formal space to really go for it. When I started mood boarding this space, I set out with the idea of keeping my existing chandelier and dining set. All of these things came with me from my previous house, and while I really wanted to make them work, it turns out it wasn’t meant to be. Why? Follow along for my string of mood boards…

This was the first wallpaper that stopped me from scrolling that I thought could co-exist with my dining room set and chandelier. I felt the dark background would work perfectly with the existing furniture and light set up, while the magenta flowers would add a pop of bright color to break up the pattern. I envisioned painting the trim, ceiling and lower wall Sherwinn-Williams charcoal grey Peppercorn, knowing that the white oak flooring would help balance everything out.
I was so certain of this design that I almost just ordered the wallpaper outright. Thankfully, a voice of reason entered the scene (which was likely the order total in my shopping cart) and I decided to order a wallpaper sample first. Folks, if you’re thinking of installing wallpaper please order a sample. I will continue to repeat this message. The sample arrived and I tore it open like I was a kid at Christmas. Guess what? It felt flat and cartoon like. I couldn’t believe it, but we needed to move on…

Again, determined to keep my furniture and light fixture, I moved onto this wallpaper by Cole & Son. With the different tones of greens I can see both silver and gold being able to play nicely in the same space (hello chandelier, hello mirror) and the dark background would pair with the black table and chairs. I color matched Benjamin Moore’s Mediterranean Olive for the chair rail and molding and felt confident its warm undertones would work well with the floors.
Feeling good right? Cue the wallpaper sample…and again, we strike out. This time, the sample showed up way more metallic than I was expecting. I was really thinking this would be heavily green, and it was anything but. While I still like this wallpaper, I know the dining room isn’t the right space for it in this particular house. Moving on again…

The universe was trying to tell me something and I was finally ready to listen. It might be time to let go of the table, chairs and light. Mentally letting go, I set out to design a lighter space and started with Cole & Son’s Florencecourt wallpaper. I first saw it from the Renovation Husband’s dining room and have been obsessed with it ever since.
The samples were ordered and we passed with flying colors! What I saw, is what I got. Feeling good about this, I continued to mood board the space and was on the hunt for a light fixture that’s a bit cloud like. My original choice was this tiered chandelier by Visual Comfort, but after inspecting it closer I don’t love the little crystals. Paint wise, with so much going on between the light fixture and wallpaper, I think keeping the wall and trim color a simple white and pairing an understated lighter table with the room is the way to go. This design gets a gold star and moves to the final round.

Having previously struck out with wallpaper samples, I was already onto Mood Board #4 while I was waiting for the Florencecourt sample to arrive. Spotted from The Established Home, I had daydreams of installing this hand painted wallpaper by Kelly Ventura. It is so whimsical and stunning but not overpowering, which is such a delicate balance to strike. I found this light fixture by Visual Comfort that looks like it was made to pair with this exact wallpaper and I like the idea of trying an oval table in this space. I felt the wallpaper needed a darker contrast and I think Benjamin Moore’s Amherst Gray is the perfect match as it has some green undertones running through it.
While I loved this last design the most out of all four, it ended up being cost prohibitive due to the wallpaper in particular. With it being hand painted, it’s a labor intensive product and is priced accordingly. I still love this design and think it would stand the test of time, it’s just not right for me at this time in my life.

While there’s still a ton of work to do with sourcing the new furniture ahead of Thanksgiving, I’m so happy to share that the Florencecourt wallpaper was the winner of the wallpaper contest! It’s already been installed and has truly made the dining room makeover one for the books. Stay tuned for more updates soon, as I’ll be sharing details about the wallpaper install and the unexpected decision I ended up making (you won’t believe it!). We’ll have a full reveal of the final space just in time for Thanksgiving. And I’ll be extra thankful to cross another room transformation off the list!

read more
This one’s for my DIY enthusiasts! Today, we’re diving into a topic that often gets overlooked in the world of home renovation and design: ceiling painting. Sure, we all love a beautifully painted wall, but what about the fifth wall—the ceiling? Trust me, it’s a game-changer when done right. So, grab your paintbrushes and let’s turn that overlooked surface into a canvas of possibilities!
Before we begin, let’s make sure you have all the essentials in your DIY arsenal:
Clear the room of furniture or cover it with drop cloths. Remove light fixtures or ceiling fans if possible, or cover them securely with plastic wrap. Take the time to patch any holes or imperfections in the ceiling, and sand them smooth once the filler is dry. Lastly make sure your ceiling has been wiped down. You can use a Swiffer duster for this.
Never underestimate the power of a good primer. It helps paint adhere better and ensures a consistent finish. Apply a layer of primer to the entire ceiling, and let it dry according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Trust me; this extra step is worth it in the long run.
Load up your roller with paint from the tray. Painting a ceiling is much like painting a wall. Begin at one corner of the room and work your way across the ceiling in small sections. Avoid overloading your roller to prevent drips and streaks, and try to paint with a little overlap in each section (this means starting the new rolling an inch into where you just rolled). Do not continuously roll over the same area, as this will creat what’s called “flashing.” Remember, slow and steady wins the race!
Use a paintbrush or a paint edger to carefully cut in along the edges of the ceiling, where the roller can’t reach. This step ensures a clean and polished look.
Depending on your chosen color and coverage, you may need a second coat. Allow the first coat to dry completely before applying the second. Drying time will be on your paint can, but if you can wait until the next day I always prefer to do so.
Once your ceiling is dry, remove any painter’s tape and look for areas that my need some touch-ups. This is usually along the edge where the ceiling meets the trim/wall, especially if you’re using contrasting colors. Reattach light fixtures or ceiling fans, and move your furniture back in.
Remember, painting your ceiling is a fantastic way to add character and dimension to your space. It’s an often-overlooked element of interior design that can truly transform a room. So, don’t be afraid to get creative and experiment with colors! Happy painting!
As always, stay tuned for more home renovation and design inspiration right here on AllisonSkiff.com Happy DIYing!

read more
Are you ready to paint?! Follow along below as I guide you through how to paint a wall like a professional. Speaking of professionals, I’ll share the cost savings you can anticipate by choosing to DIY this project. Get excited – we’re about to transform your space!
After you’ve decided on your paint and have properly prepped your space, it’s time to get your painting clothes on and get ready to paint your walls!
First thing’s first: Open your paint can and start stirring. When you think you’ve stirred it enough, keep going. Seriously though, paint (even if it’s white) is mixed of multiple colors that will eventually settle to the bottom of the can. Stir your paint for at least 2 minutes straight, making sure you’re touching the bottom of the can.
Once your paint is mixed, pour paint into both your painting tray and your painter’s cup. Set the painter’s cup and paint brush aside.
Attach your extension pole to your roller (I prefer this but it’s a personal preference) and dip the roller into the paint tray, coating it evenly. Roll off any excess paint on the ridges of the tray.
Start painting by rolling the roller onto the wall in a “W” or “N” shape. Apply even pressure and work on one wall at a time.


Once you’ve painted your “W” or “N” use the roller without reloading it with paint to smooth out the in between unpainted sections of your letter. This eliminates any visible roller lines and is called “back rolling.” Continue painting the wall, working from top to bottom and from one side to the other. Maintain a wet edge, which means avoiding drying areas and overlapping sections while they are still wet.
Now it’s time to “cut in.” This is the part where you’ll use your angled brush to paint where the roller can’t reach, which will include around doorways and windows, corners, along the baseboards and along the crown molding / ceiling. If you’ve decided to tape the trim, this will be a faster process, as you won’t need to be as careful. I generally like to work from left to right, starting in the corner. I’ll paint up and down the corner first, as far as I can reach on the ladder along the ceiling, and then will move down to the baseboards.


I’ll move the ladder and then repeat until I’m across the whole wall. This helps keep the paint lines wet, and prevents streaking. When using your brush, dip the brush about one-third of the bristle length into the paint and remove excess by tapping it against the side of the painter’s cup.
Continue to the remaining walls and then you’re all done with coat #1. Now I know it’s tempting to want to finish the job and clean up, but it’s important to let the paint dry. Drying time will differ based on the type of paint, and sometimes even the brand. It should be listed on the paint can. Honestly, I would wait a full day for the first coat to dry. Unless you’re painting a super small space and started early in the morning and will go for round two late at night, I generally feel giving the paint a full day to cure is the best approach. If you apply another coat too soon, you run the risk of lifting the paint up with your roller, which will make the paint look like it’s peeling in spots. Yes, I’m guilty of not waiting long enough…so please learn from my mistakes!
Once you’ve applied all coats of paint you should remove the painter’s tape while the paint is still slightly wet to avoid peeling the dried paint with it. Gently peel it off, walking with it as you peel.
It’s suggested to wait a couple days before hanging things like artwork or mirrors, however you can move your furniture back in place the next day.
As with most services, the cost of a professional will depend on where you live and how big your space is. For a frame of reference as it relates to Nashville, I can share for walls alone it’s roughly $2 per square foot. So for example if you have a 2,000 square foot home, it would cost $4,000 plus the cost of paint (around $200 for this space) to have your walls only painted.
All of this to say, painting your walls is a very manageable DIY project and is achievable with a little bit of patience and prep work. Personally, taking the time to hone this skill has saved me thousands of dollars over the course of owning a home. I encourage you to head to your local paint store, pick up some supplies and a gallon of paint and give it a try. You might just surprise yourself!


read more
As the temperatures in Nashville begin to cool down, and the days become shorter, I’ve gradually started adding fall décor touches from the inside out. It is truly my favorite season of the year – the color palette, the smells, the crisp air, the food, sweater weather and all around general coziness. And something I’ve grown to love is styling pumpkins on my front door steps.

This will be my fifth fall season in this house and I feel like I can finally say I’ve gotten the hang of how to style pumpkins on the front door steps. However, it was a journey to get here. Coming from my previous house, which had only one step, I was a little overwhelmed the first year and honestly I didn’t know what I was doing. My current house has five circular steps leading up to the door, with the hand rails angling out from the top. This angle creates some extra ground to cover when decorating and filling in “the stoop.”

The first few years, I remember looking at so many inspirational photos of beautifully styled steps on pintrest, only to arrive at the pumpkin stand and immediately feel completely overwhelmed upon seeing all of the shapes, sizes and endless choices. I don’t have photos of the first couple years, but I can say they were rough.
After some trial and error over the past couple years, I’ve found implementing styling techniques that I use in every day design has helped me tackle how to style pumpkins on the front door steps. If you face the same overwhelm that I once did, I hope that this post will serve as a thought starter for you, or at the very least will help making styling pumpkins on your front door steps a fun experience and not an anxiety ridden one!


Each year I’ve lived here I’ve visited a local farmer’s stand nearby and have picked up a trunk full of pumpkins for my front steps. And I mean a TRUNK FULL! What’s even crazier is that I wish I could buy even more and really make these pumpkins spill all over the front steps!
Last year, as I handed over my credit card and quietly gulped at the total, I told myself that I’d look into adding some faux pumpkins into the mix. I spent a few months hunting for the right ones, but I will say the ones that I found were worth the hunt! Can you tell which ones are faux? (hint: two of the three are in this photo below)

If the faux pumpkins end up working out, I’ll buy a couple each year and slowly build up a little collection. So while my trunk this year was still quite full, the load was lightened a little bit. I’ll do a full review at the end of the season and share how they’ve held up. One thing’s for certain: they’re squirrel proof!
To close out the front step styling, I added a simple burgundy wreath for the front door. Earlier this spring I bought the same wreath but in a pretty green, and it held up outdoors in the elements. It actually still looks brand new!

Once I decorate for fall, it runs through Thanksgiving until I’m ready to put up Christmas decor. With that said, I tend to lean into a much more neutral decor style and focus more on the color palette of oranges, burgundies, browns and deep greens where I can versus the traditional black and orange Halloween decorations. But that’s the beautiful thing about design – it’s objective and there is no right or wrong. Whatever speaks to you is what you should follow. Right now, all of this is speaking to me and I’m snuggling up to it.

read more
Reveal days are my favorite days! I’m so excited about how the powder room redesign turned out and I’m even more excited to share the full room reveal with you today.
If you remember, I realized the pedestal sink wasn’t properly secured to the powder room wall, and after calling my plumber, we unfortunately had to remove a patch of drywall, install wood shims and re-plumb the lines. Since the existing wallpaper was out of stock, I was left with no choice but to redesign the entire powder room.

After putting together a handful of moodboards, I ultimately decided on this gorgeous wallpaper by Woodchip & Magnolia. While I loved all three wallpapers, after seeing the samples in real life the decision pretty much made itself. I also feel that based on where the room is located in the house (basically the center of the main floor), this wallpaper will lend itself to easily transition between the surrounding rooms and colorways I have planned for some upcoming renovations. (hello dining room, hello kitchen!)
While the install wasn’t the easiest job, I knew instantly after hanging the first panel that I made the right decision for the powder room redesign. It’s so dreamy and soft, yet still packs a punch for this small space! Another thing that really excited me about this particular wallpaper was the limitless possibilities for the trim, door and ceiling colors. Since painting the trim in the tv room, I’m a bit obsessed with the idea of non-traditional white trim and definitely wanted to try a color out in this space.
Laying out paint swatches on top of the wallpaper didn’t prove to be as helpful as I had hoped, as I have natural light in every room except the powder room. Because of this, how the paint will look in the actual powder room will be much different than anywhere else in the house I was reviewing swatches. Rather than paint before wallpaper, I opted to install the wallpaper first so I could get a true picture of how the colors would go together. In hindsight, I’m SO glad I did this.

The two colors I narrowed down from paint swatches, were a pretty green (Sage Mountain) and a brown grey (Squirrel Tail). After painting samples on the baseboards and waiting for them to dry, I knew quite quickly that neither color felt like “the one.” I had to sit with this for a while and ask myself why neither of these worked, and after a while, I realized the answer was they both stood out too much. And then the answer hit me: The wallpaper is the leading lady of this room, and I needed a paint color that would play the best supporting actress role.
Pondering what to do, I put on one of my favorite design shows: The Established Home and landed on an episode where Jean paints a butler’s pantry this gorgeous chocolate brown in high gloss. I paused the show, went into the powder room and looked at the wallpaper and knew that was it. After going down a rabbit hole on google, I was able to color match the color to Farrow & Ball’s London Clay. We have one place in Nashville that carries this paint and the next day I was off to the races to buy a high gloss can for the trim and a dead flat for the ceiling. After applying the first coat, I knew: this was the one. It’s just a feeling!

This was my first time using a full gloss paint sheen and I have to say, I’m absolutely hooked! Everything looks like jewelry – it’s so luscious and rich looking. It is such a showstopper, and when I close the bathroom door I love seeing the shiny brown looking back at me.

Another little speed bump I hit during this design was the light fixture. In the original moodboard I had selected this cute bumble bee sconce, which I thought was a fun play on the floral wallpaper. Unfortunately, when I went to order it I realized this light fixture was out of stock for the next two months. We’ll just say I didn’t love it enough to wait that long for it.
On the hunt again, I was out to find a new sconce and was having a hard time. I decided to try out a large scale sconce from Visual Comfort and was so excited for it to arrive to the house. However upon unboxing it, it was not what I was expecting in the least. I had hoped the “glass” cover was actually glass however it was plastic, which really made everything feel quite dated. We’re trying to get out of the 90’s over here not go back to them! Reluctantly, I returned it and was back on the hunt.

After looking at countless light fixtures, I decided simple would be better for this space and changed up the search to look for something clear. Ultimately I landed on this beautiful double sconce from Rejuvenation and after installing it, I couldn’t be happier. It’s the perfect shade of brass, has two lights (which is sufficient for the small space), and I love how the clear globes allow the wallpaper to shine through.
Moving to the mirror, I was actually able to shop my own house for this! Going back to the moodboard, I wanted a wooden mirror to help break up all the brass. If you don’t order all the fixtures from the same place, it’s usually quite impossible to get an exact match on brass. I had found this cute little mirror at a vintage shop in Nashville a while back and I love how it incorporates both wood and has some gold added in. It’s the perfect size for the space on the wall and I couldn’t be happier with how everything works together.

Lastly, I wanted to swap out the old white switch plates for some brass ones. I’m so happy with this brushed brass outlet plate and double switch plate from Amazon. I had browsed so many different options with a wide range of price points and these compete with the best of them. They look high end and were incredibly affordable. Finally, to round it all out, I found a unique toilet paper holder that adds a fun touch to the space!


Looking back, I remember how irritated I was to spend time and money renovating a room that in my mind was “done.” But upon completing the powder room redesign (for the 2nd time) I have to say my perspective has changed. Even though I loved the previous version of the powder room, and it holds a special place in my heart, I couldn’t be more in love with this updated version. My design style has drastically evolved over the past five years and I feel this space is a better representation of my design aesthetic today. As I pass by this space multiple times daily, I love that it will not only be a beautiful space to glance over at but will also serve as a reminder that change isn’t always a bad thing.




Sources: Wallpaper | Toilet Paper Holder (similar) | Brushed Brass Outlet Plate | Brushed Brass Double Light Switch Plate | Pedestal Sink | Light Fixture | Mirror is Vintage (similar vintage looking option) | Faucet (out of stock – similar)

read more
A couple weeks ago I shared my vision for the Powder Room Makeover, including three moodboards – all featuring different wallpaper designs. In addition to the moodboards, I ordered samples of each which helped narrow down the decision between Moodboard #2 and Moodboard #3. In the end, I decided to move forward with Woodchip & Magnolia’s Ava Marika Moody wallpaper and I’m so glad I did! It’s even prettier in person and the color pathways are absolutely stunning.

This wallpaper is straight paneled, meaning that each roll contains three panels and they line up precisely. No more measuring for a repeat pattern and collecting large wasting heaps of wallpaper (it’s expensive!). I’m already a huge fan.

Anytime you’re going to wallpaper it’s important to read the instructions, as some papers are paste the wall and some papers are paste the paper. So far, I’ve installed paste the paper and I’ve also installed a peel and stick vinyl wallpaper, so this is going to be a first. The instructions also suggested to utilize a more heavy duty paste, so even though I had some leftover paste in the garage from a previous job, I invested in a tub of Zinsser Sure Grip Heavy Duty Wallcovering Adhesive.

Following this install, I’ll do a separate post about the different types of wallpaper, pro’s vs con’s of each kind + what it costs to hire a professional. To keep it short, this was not the “easy” job I had hoped for, but it was doable by myself. The biggest challenge was the small confines of the room and working around the toilet to get to some of the high corners with my ladder.
Everything I needed for this job: Smoothing Tool | Seam roller | Wallpaper brush | Exacto knife | 24” Ruler | Scissors | Ladder | Paint roller | Paint skin | Wide Bucket | Paint brush | Roller Grid | Wallpaper Paste | Drop Cloths
Originally I had hoped to paint the ceiling and the trim prior to installing the wallpaper, as I didn’t want to get paint on it, but after reviewing some paint swatches next to the wallpaper, I decided to wait. The powder room does not have a window, and I also decided to get a new light fixture for the space. These two factors alone can completely transform how the paint looks in this space vs in the dining room which is where I was laying everything out.
Based on where I cut each panel (top & bottom) the color ways were a little bit darker than the middle of the panels which is where I was pulling colors from. I felt my original plan for shiny kettle would be too contrasting against some of the darker colors, especially at the ceiling. Additionally, as much as I wanted it to work, I don’t think it was the right pink to pair with this.

After laying out twenty different swatches I narrowed the decision down to two choices: Benjamin Moore’s Sage Mountain and Benjamin Moore’s Squirrel Tail. Sage Mountain (top left * option) is a muted green with grey undertones and I thought it pulled the green tones out of the wallpaper in a beautiful way, while not stealing the show. Squirrel Tail (bottom right * option) laid really beautifully against the background colors of the wallpaper, and since this color is going to be at the base and the crown, I think a grey with warm undertones would be complimentary to the overall design.
Since picking the trim was such a process, I decided this was not the time to guess and headed to the store to pick up paint samples. For reference, you can get little pots in an eggshell finish for about $7 each. It’s worth the cost of your time, rather than painting your space the wrong color and then having to do it over.

I painted little patches of each color side by side on a strip of baseboard that the sink will eventually go in front of. Both colors looked so similar as I was painting them, however after drying there was a stark difference. And I’m still not sure…
I think the answer is that we still don’t have a winner. I’m going back to the drawing board tonight (aka my paint wheel) and am also going to start scrolling through some photos from my favorite designers for some inspiration. While I’m anxious to finish this space, I want to get it right and fall head over heels in love with it.
I wanted drama for this room and I’m getting it! The original light fixture I had planned for (this bumblebee sconce) is currently backordered until November and I don’t love it enough to wait that long. So back to the drawing board I went, looking for something new. My parameters were the length (needed to be at least 15″ long but couldn’t exceed 22″), a brass finish, and at least two light bulbs. During my search, I found this extra large dresser sconce from Visual Comfort, and I thought it would add an unexpected twist to the space.

Unfortunately after unboxing it, it did not live up to the expectations in my mind. While the brass was beautiful, and the perfect finish for the space, the clear part of the light was the issue for me. I was expecting it to be glass or crystal, and it was actually plastic! For the price point of this, I was incredibly disappointed. Although, it was only my own fault as I’m sure that was listed in the product description and I missed it. I took the light fixture into the powder room just to be 100% sure, and after that I knew it was getting returned. The plastic really set the room back 20 years, and that’s not the direction I’m trying to go!
As of now, I’m back on the hunt for the right light fixture but am proud of myself for not settling. I’ve learned the same lesson too many times, where I’m eager to get a space done and just settle for something I know isn’t right. Ultimately a few months later I end up replacing whatever that thing is for what I wanted in the first place. So while this is a bit annoying to not be “finished,” I have faith that the final version is going to a showstopper, and I’m going to love every last detail.
Stay tuned for more soon…

read more

Paint is one of the most instantaneous and easiest ways to transform a space, but sometimes all the choices can be a bit overwhelming. Today, I’m going to break it all down for you and arm you with everything you need before heading into the paint store. We’ll go over the basics which include an overview on paint sheen, paint type and tips on how to choose a paint color in the article below. Lets get to it!
Picking the right paint sheen (also referred to as paint finish) is going to depend on what you’re painting. Here are some pro’s and con’s to start thinking about for each type of paint sheen.

While this is the most exciting step, and many of us are quick to get right to it, I encourage you not to rush through this. A lesson learned the hard way I will share with you: in my early days of interior painting, I chose a grey paint off the color wheel that I thought looked great. I went through all the trouble of applying it to my dining room, only to find out that because of how the light came through my windows, it ended up looking purple, which is my least favorite color (actually I can’t stand it). To make matters more embarrassing, I chose another grey off the color wheel and painted it the next day. When I turned on my chandelier, the light cast through my black shade, made this new grey paint appear an even darker purple!! I wasted about $200 and a weekend’s worth of time because I didn’t plan. So learn from my mistakes and take the extra time to buy some samples and paint some swatches to check out as your lighting changes throughout the day.
Some other thoughts on choosing a color: I believe this is a very personal choice and can be thought about in a few different ways.
Lastly, you’ll need to decide which type of paint is best for your project. Options include:
Paint Supplies + How to Prep The Space
The Benefits of Color Drenching


read more

There’s nothing quite like a gorgeous autumn flower arrangement. The colors are rich but not overpowering, and they blend into the background while still making a statement. If you’re like me, you’ve probably seen a stunning image of one of these autumn arrangements in a catalogue or on social media, and you’ve thought to yourself “that would be perfect for my house.” But then you realize that pretty little arrangement is going to set you back a few hundred bucks after you order the vase and the right number of stems to fill it. Speaking of which, how many stems do I even need?
This fall, I was determined to crack the code on how to style autumn flower arrangements without spending a small fortune, but while still achieving the designer look. After some trial and error, I can confidently say we nailed it. In this tutorial, I’ll walk you through the process of how I styled four different types of autumn flower arrangements. I’ll also go over how I determine the right stems for different types of vases, as well as tips for selecting flowers and vases.
Autumn Flowers (e.g., artificial flowers, branches, stems, leaves, or berries)
Vases (various sizes and styles)
Paper (for filling the vase)

Before you begin, consider the type of vase you’re working with and the overall look you want to achieve. Here are some tips for selecting the right faux fall stems:

Here are a few questions and considerations to help you determine how many stems you’ll need for your arrangement.
Before arranging your faux fall stems, make sure your vase is clean and ready for use. If you have a large vase with a wide opening, you may want to add some packing paper to the bottom to help fill the space and additionally place floral foam on top of the paper in order to secure the stems in place.
Now, it’s time to arrange your faux fall stems in the vase. Here’s how I styled my four different arrangements.

Since this vase is so large, I opted to stuff crumpled packing paper in the bottom to help fill the space. I cut floral foam to fit through the opening, making sure at least two of these pieces were the length of the vase. This arrangement will sit in the center of my kitchen table, so I wanted a full look all the way around.
I chose these large red maple leaf stems which I thought would pair nice with both the vase itself, as well as the setting I was planning on placing it in. Since the foliage is quite full after being properly fluffed, I only needed three stems for this arrangement. I kept one stem more upright and placed it in the center first, then placed the two remaining stems on the sides, bending them a bit to create a fuller and draping effect.
Sources: Crate & Barrel Jimena Round Vase (currently out of stock – similar vase here) | Brown & Burgundy Maple Leafe Bush ( 3 total)

This arrangement is for my bedroom and I knew would be placed on a light blue dresser. I liked the idea of choosing these stems, as I felt the tones in the orange weren’t too aggressive and would compliment the color of the dresser as well as that of the vase. Additionally, the foliage was not too large for the scale of this vase. I chose two short stems and after properly fluffing them they were more than adequate for the size of this vase. I placed a couple pieces of flower foam in the bottom to help them stay secure. Couldn’t have been simpler!
Sources: Leann Ford Full Moon Clay Vase | Orange & Red Beech Faux Stems (similar) (2 total)

I found this vase at Target and felt the colors were so perfect for the fall season. I wanted to create a dramatic effect for this, and I felt this golden berry bundle would be perfect. The stems were easy to bend and really tend to drape in a natural looking fashion. Since this was going to go up against a wall, and not act as a centerpiece, I only used 3 stems as I wanted the backside to be a little closer to the wall. I’d suggest using 4 total if this were going to be in the center of a room.
Sources: Studio McGee Vase | Yellow Berry Bundle Stems (3 total)

The last arrangement was the simplest. I had this tall narrow vase and decided I wanted to go large scale and create something dramatic to be placed in a corner. I chose three of these pretty burgundy eucalyptus stems in the longer length. I bent the bottom of each stem, and then placed one stem in the center of the vase and the other two on each side, making sure to lean them against the lip of the vase. It’s the most simple arrangement but also the most dramatic. A little more expensive, as longer stems tend to be double the price of the short ones.
Sources: Crate & Barrel Geo Vase | Tall Burgundy Eucalyptus Stem (similar) (3 total)
Styling faux fall stems is a creative, enjoyable and simple way to bring the beauty of autumn into your home. Remember to select stems that match the vase’s size and shape, and don’t be afraid to mix and match different elements to achieve your desired look. For these examples I chose to go monochromatic but it’s also fun to mix and match for scale, color and texture. If you’d like a more visual step by step guide, feel free to check out my YouTube video below. I’ve also included some of the best faux fall stems I’ve found this season below to help get you started. Happy decorating!

read more
Recently, I noticed that the pedestal sink in the powder room was wobbly, and after further investigation I realized it wasn’t connected to the wall! After calling the plumber we came to the unfortunate truth that the sink wasn’t connected to any studs in the wall, but was simply drilled into drywall. The plumber had to cut a hole in the wall, install wooden shims and replumb everything. In order to do so, he had to remove a section of the wallpaper. Since this wallpaper is five years old, it isn’t produced anymore and I don’t have any leftover, so….surprise! It’s time for a powder room makeover.

This is a little bittersweet, simply because this is the first room I flipped after buying this house and my mom and I did it together. Actually it was the day after I signed the house – I just couldn’t wait. I found this gorgeous wallpaper by Graham & Brown that had a little bit of sparkle in it. I love the concept of making a small powder room dark and moody, and this wallpaper was just the ticket!

Above: original powder room | Below: my 1st renovation after closing on this house. I was so proud of it!

Since the pedestal sink is propped up in a corner of my dining room, and I have a giant hole in the wall, I’m highly motivated to get moving on a new design concept. The plumbers can’t come back until I’ve patched the hole and have uninstalled the old wallpaper and re-installed the new wallpaper, so it’s time to get moving!
I’ve put together a handful of moodboards to start visualizing the next phase of this room, and it’s definitely starting to excite and energize me about the impending change. I’ve had a couple wallpapers bookmarked for a while now, so I’m hoping this might be the right spot for them. I’m a firm believer in ordering wallpaper samples and creating moodboards to get the design out of your head and onto paper. Here are my top 3 contenders.
I’ve been eyeing Sandberg’s Kvitten wallpaper in midnight blue for a while now, and have been trying to find the perfect place in my home to integrate it. I love the muted green color in the leaves and think Benjamin Moore’s Oil Cloth would be the perfect accent color for the trim, door and ceiling. I’d add a double light sconce with round milk glass globes to play off the circular shape of the lemons. Adding a wooden framed mirror will help break up the brass between the faucet and light fixture.
Sources: Sandberg Kvitten Wallpaper (Midnight Blue) | Oslo Mirror | Double Milk Glass Sconce | Paint: Oil Cloth by Benjamin Moore
In such a small space I love the idea of a larger print, as it won’t be an overpowering experience when the door is shut. This beautiful wallpaper by Woodchip & Magnolia checks all the boxes and I’m excited about all of the color way options I could pull out for trim. I have a pint of this pretty smoky pink (Shiny Kettle by Behr) that I never used, and I think I can pull out the right tone of pink from this print to match. The bumblebee vanity sconce from Anthropologie would make so much sense given the flowers in the wallpaper and I think it’s such a fun light fixture in general. I’d again break up the brass light fixture and faucet with a walnut mirror in between.
Sources: Ava Marika Wallpaper | Ophelia & Co Mirror | Bumblebee Vanity Sconce | Shiny Kettle by Behr
This is such a beautiful pallet of muted greens and I love the concept of a mural in this small space. I’ve been trying to work green into my house and this would be such a wonderful solution. Since I plan to install the wallpaper myself for this project, I love the idea of using panels that already line up, which would avoid measuring for the pattern repeat and eliminate some user error. I would anchor the room by pulling out a darker green from the pattern, and I think Farrow & Ball’s Green Smoke would be the perfect pairing. Adding a double sconce with a black shade will bring some elegance into the space and will allow for a black oval mirror as a neutral element.
Sources: House of Hackney Plantasia Wallpaper in Sage | Berkshire Double Sconce | Rapido Black Matte Wall Mirror |Green Smoke by Farrow & Ball
Out of this group of three, I think I have “the one”…but maybe with a couple tweaks. While I wasn’t initially thrilled about the unexpected renovation, I’ve decided to embrace it and am excited to see the evolution of this tiny space. Drop a comment below and let me know which option is your favorite, and stay tuned for the progress report + full reveal. You can shop all three moodboards here!

read more
In the five years I’ve lived in this house, I can confidently say that the new hardwood floors are the biggest transformation to date. I’m so excited to share the final reveal with you today!
The first morning I padded across the new floors in my bare feet, I giggled because it was the first time ever that the floors didn’t squeak or shift. Everything was so still and serene.
The floors are truly the star of the show on their own, but I love how they also compliment the holistic design of the house. Every room feels so much brighter and cleaner, and it almost feels like an entirely new house. I’m absolutely in love with the warm undertones and the varying yet subtle difference in tone across each board.


In this blog post I shared how I naturally (wink wink) came to the decision to keep the stain a more natural finish after I saw the wood in its organic state and I’m so glad I trusted my gut and acted on my initial reaction. My contractor used the Pallmann Pall-X 96 Satin in a water base. He did two coats. I decided to go with a Satin finish, as I didn’t want super shiny floors (gloss / semi-gloss) but also didn’t want them to appear dull. Based on the fact that all of my windows face north and south in the house, I felt this would be a safe bet without too much shine. I’m super happy with the decision!


While we were at it, we decided to install all new baseboards and raise the height. The new five inch baseboards scale so much better with the large rooms and high ceilings vs the previous three inch baseboards (which also had so much wear and tear on them). To save both time and money, I opted to paint the baseboards myself while the contractors were installing the hardwoods. For two weeks, I would wake up at 5am, go down to my garage and put the first coat of paint on as many baseboards and pieces of quarter round as I could. I’d place them on plastic dixie cups to dry while I went to work, then would apply the second coat after I got home from work.

After a couple days of this new routine, I came to look forward to painting while I listened to 90’s on 9 on SiriusXM. Don’t get me wrong, I’m glad this is over and I’ll never have to do it again! By doing this work myself, I was able to save on professional painters, and also avoid potentially getting paint on the new hardwoods!
I couldn’t be happier with the final results, especially with the craftsmanship and professionalism of my contractor, Flavio with FGL Flooring. If you’re in the Nashville area and need new hardwood floors, I couldn’t recommend him enough. They finished both on time and on budget, which is something I’ve never been able to say before.
Still to come is the staircase (I’ve learned so much already about staircase terminology). I can’t wait to share it with you, as well as the final cost breakdown for the complete flooring renovation.

read more
The initial refresh I did in the TV Room (aka the Cozy Room) was exactly what it needed to make the space feel updated on a limited budget. However the more time I spent in it, the more it didn’t quite feel right. My main sentiment was that it still felt too bright for a movie room, but I was coming up empty on a design solution.
One day I was lying on the couch reading and happened to be facing the built in bookshelves. The angle allowed me to see only the oatmeal colored couch and burnt orange pillows against the all blue grey wall. And well, after that I couldn’t get it out of my head. I knew I had found my answer: this room was destined to be color drenched!
Color Drenching is when you paint the entire room – walls, ceiling, trim, windows – all the same color. I bet you’ve seen it and didn’t even realize it. Lately I’ve noticed it popping into several TV series. If you’ve seen Emily In Paris, you’ll notice the French interiors in the show are color drenched in beautiful blues and lavenders. Showtime’s “Your Honor” has scenes from The Baxter Hotel which show a deep blue room that’s completely color drenched. The more I kept seeing it, the more I couldn’t stop thinking about it.

Knowing this room was about to go from day to night, I set out to start building a moodboard with a mix of old and new. The more I started to design, the more excited I became to add in accent pieces that will make the room feel more cohesive, while adding plenty of drama and a touch of masculinity. The centerpiece will be this beautiful gold chandelier, which will really pop against the new dark ceiling. I’ll anchor it by repurposing my Primrose Mirror above the fireplace, and will flank it with candlesticks.

There are obviously (and thankfully) a lot of elements that are staying the same. The sectional couch, the coffee table, the blankets, tripod lamp and the vintage desk chair will all fold into the new design seamlessly.
Lastly, I’ll add a couple more lighting sources to the room that will compliment the ambience I’m trying to create, but will also provide a source of light when needed. I’m currently on the hunt for a brass task lamp to add to the built in desk for a pop of gold, as well as this double arm floor lamp for the back corner. I also have my sights set on adding a brass art lamp on the back wall of the room and am loving this rechargeable one. I’ll be able to avoid needing to hard wire it, and if I change my mind about it’s location (as I tend to do) it won’t matter. I’m also planning to incorporate some plaid into the room and am currently browsing tons of options like these plaid pillows.
I think it’s going to be the perfect style for the space and I can’t wait to see this room really come to life for what I hope will be the final time! And then we can watch movies in it.

read more

Yes, I bought a house with popcorn ceilings and yes I scraped every square inch of them off, all by myself. 3,222 square feet to be exact.
When I bought this house, there was no question that these ceilings were going to get fixed, but it was something I planned to hire out for. I was talking to my mom one day, complaining about how ugly the ceilings are and how dirty they looked (and I couldn’t clean them!) and she told me that one of my cousins removed her popcorn ceilings herself. The seed was planted. Why not try? If it was something I couldn’t do myself, then I could hire out as I originally planned.
Ignorance is truly bliss because this was a bear of a project, and I had no idea how hard and dirty this job was going to be. In the end, I’m so glad I did it myself, as it allowed me to save money that I could invest into other areas of the house. If you have popcorn ceilings and are considering removing them yourself, read on for my step-by-step how to guide.


Removing popcorn ceilings can be a messy and time-consuming task, but it’s possible to do it yourself with the right tools and precautions. Here’s my step-by-step guide as well as key learnings from along the way:
1. Test for asbestos: You can read all about asbestos as much as you want to, but regardless of the year your house was built I’d suggest testing just to be safe. You can buy self test kits that are easy and relatively cheap, or you can call a professional to test. This is the kit I used and I had my (negative!) results inside of a week. If asbestos is present, hire a licensed asbestos abatement contractor for safe removal.
2. Prepare the area: Remove everything possible from the room including light fixtures. Cover the floors with sheets or drop cloths, and then add an extra layer of plastic sheeting on top for easier clean up. You can also try to hang the plastic sheeting on the walls taping them up with frog tape (see supplies list next), however I chose to let them be and then just cleaned the walls at the very end.
3. Supplies: For protective gear make sure you’re wearing a mask, goggles/glasses and gloves at the minimum. Towards the end of this project I chose to invest in a hazmat suit. You’ll need: a ladder, a spray bottle or pump, fabric softener, a wide putty knife, plastic, painters tape, garbage bags, a shop vac, rags, sandpaper and determination.
4. Wet the ceiling: Before scraping, you need to moisten the popcorn texture to make it easier to remove. Fill your spray bottle with warm water and add a tablespoon of fabric softener. Lightly wet the ceiling being careful not to oversaturate it, as it can damage the underlying surface. Wait 10 minutes.
5. Scrape the texture: Once the ceiling is damp, use a wide putty knife to gently scrape away the texture. Hold the scraper at a shallow angle and apply even pressure to avoid damaging the ceiling. If your knife feels like it’s catching, you might be on a seam. Be gentle and go over this area multiple times rather than applying more pressure. If you feel like you need to, you can add a little bit more water to the area, wait and scrape again.
6. Repair any damage: During the scraping process, some areas may require additional attention. Patch any holes or gouges with drywall compound or joint compound. Sand the repaired areas once they are dry to create a smooth surface.
7. Clean up: This job is messy and there’s no way around it. To avoid cleaning multiple times, I like to work from the top down. Make sure you’ve sanded the ceiling where needed and wiped the tops of the walls where the ceiling and walls meet to loosen any popcorn that might have stuck. Wipe any cabinets / walls, then wipe off your ladder, allowing the residue to drop to the plastic. Slowly gather the plastic from the corners of the room, working inwards to keep the popcorn contained. Place in a trash bag. Remove drop cloths, tools, etc. Shop vac remaining debris.
8. Finishing touches: Depending on your desired result, you may need to apply a skim coat of joint compound to create a flat surface. Once the compound dries, sand it to achieve a smooth finish ready for painting.
After you’ve completed all of the above steps you’ll be ready to paint your new smooth ceiling!
Sometimes seeing someone just like you do the job you’re considering doing really goes a long ways. I’ve gone ahead and put together a video recapping the above instructions, which you can find here.
I know you’re probably wondering what the cost to pay for popcorn ceiling removal might be. Just like anything, it depends on where you live and how big your house is. There was one area of the house I couldn’t do myself which was the entry way. The space has 20 foot ceilings and I don’t own scaffolding, so I needed hire out. The cost to have a 100 square foot section removed was $1200 with another $400 on top for paint. That comes out to $16/square foot, which means my whole house would have cost over $51,000 for professional removal and finishing. I’ll leave you with that information, but I’ll also share that if I can do it, you can too.

read more

When I first toured this house, I was so amazed that there were TWO living rooms! Not to mention they were both double the size of my previous and only living room. Before my offer was finalized, I was planning what existing furniture would go where and since “living room” meant two spaces in this house, I named this room The Cozy Room and/or The TV Room. My vision for the space was that it would be primarily for TV watching and would house my record collection and growing book collection. I was so excited!
The original cozy room had dark tan walls, a shag carpet, popcorn ceiling (same as all the rooms), and bookshelves in a dark woodwork. In the listing pictures the woodwork looked beautiful, but in person it was incredibly chipped and scratched. Either way, it was going to need refinished. Another fun feature of the built in’s was a gigantic cavity for a large box tv. You know you’re in the 90’s if you have one of these in your house, am I right?!

Without knowing at the time, this room would be attacked in a few phases.
After sitting with the room for a couple weeks, I decided the best solution for the TV cavity would be to create shelving for my record collection. Since the space was originally built for a big TV, it was too deep as is for records. As a solution, we installed a false wall with a sheet of wood, and then created 3 rows of 2 boxes, for a total of 6 cubbies. It was more than enough space for my current collection to grow, and would allow for it to be a prominent feature in the room.

My next decision was a big one, and that was the paint color. I had already moved past the idea of restoring the wood finish and there was no question in my mind: I was going to paint these built-ins. However, what I had in mind was met with a raised eyebrow from almost everyone I told. I was going to paint them a dark moody blue grey: Benjamin Moore’s Lead Grey. People thought I was crazy.
I decided to hire out for this big change, as the woodwork had a shiny lacquer to it, and at this point I had no experience re-finishing cabinetry. In hindsight, it was worth every penny, as the painters had to sand everything down, clean all the dust, apply primer, sand again, apply the first coat, sand again and then apply the top coat. Having the paint applied evenly and with the proper sanding would ensure the paint would hold up and also look seamless.


For the remaining three walls I decided to paint them Sherwin Williams Biscuit, which was a neutral beige color. I didn’t want to go with white, as I felt it would be too bright for the space and could also tend to make this room feel nautical which is something I didn’t want. Remember, we’re watching movies in here! Biscuit paired well with both the new woodwork paint color as well as the existing dark tan carpet.
To finish up this phase, I removed the popcorn ceiling and swapped out the ceiling fan for a beaded chandelier to bring a bit of drama to the room while still staying within the new color scheme.


Is this room completed? Nope! This was my initial scrub to make it feel like my own, while on a limited budget.
Record shelving: $428.89
Built In’s Professionally painted: $1680
Paint for Walls (painted by me): $97.96
Paint for ceiling (updated & painted by me): $26.98
Beaded Chandelier: $387.41
Grand Total: $2621.24
Stay tuned to see where this room is headed next. Spoiler alert: you’re not going to believe it!
Our homes are meant to be lived in. Look here for recipe ideas, tips on shopping vintage + estate sales, gift guides, holidays and everything else!
Learn more
You're capable of more than you think. And we all start somewhere. Start here and lets learn together. Painting, basic carpentry, and all things DIY live here.
Learn more
Design
The detail is in the design. Come with me through my design process as I flip my traditional colonial home room by room.
Learn more
There's no gatekeeping. Everything shoppable in my house will be right here. Can't find it? Just ask and I'll do my best to link it for you.
Shop my house
It all started with a glass of Cabernet and an innocent scroll through Zillow. Four months later I was scraping off 3,222 square feet of popcorn ceilings. By.My.Self.
That particular DIY project taught me two important lessons:
1. I’ll never buy a house with popcorn ceilings again.
2. I’m capable of more than I realized.
Follow along as I share detailed DIY projects, design inspiration, large scale renovations and more.
“The details are not the details. They make the design.”
The monthly newsletter is a true peek behind the curtain. Be the first to see design plans, exclusive photos, shopping guides and more.
Join the community! Visit me on social for daily updates, design inspo, shopping recs and more.